Sleepy Cuddles Emojis & Text

Wisdom Teeth MagicSchoolbusDropout08 Summary: After Will has his wisdom teeth out, Mike questions the wisdom of ever giving him drugs again. Does he change his mind watching his boyfriend be silly and cute? Mike watches Will, who is currently high as a kite on pain medication and anesthesia from having his wisdom teeth out. “Miiiike!” Will cheers as soon as he walks into Will’s bedroom, toasting with a hand with… a Lego in it? “Hhhhhhi!” “Wow, you are drugged up.” Mike chuckles as he walks in and plops down next to his boyfriend of a year. “How was it?” Will makes an absolutely adorable pout and flops over backwards. “Eeeeeeeevil. Evillllll.” Mike’s sure he’s turning red with how hard he’s trying not to laugh. “Oh yeah?” Will nods, eyes focused on Mike. “The… the dentist… he… had this big needle. He’s a… mmmad scientist. Frankenstein.” Well, he’s not too drugged to make literary references. “He… the big needle-” Will giggles, waving his hands around. “-he made everything wooshy.” “Wooshy.” Mike repeats back. “Mm-hmm. Woosh.” Will nods sagely. “An’ everything was spinny.” “Wow.” Mike breathes, and if he says much more, he’s gonna laugh so hard he throws up. “I know, rrright?” Will slurs. “An’ I think he’s evill.” “Why?” Will leans in conspiratorially. “He… he stole my teeth! They… made me sleepy… an’ then I woke up, an’... it’s all gone! He stole my teeth! I wanted to keep those!” He pouts again, and Mike can’t help himself: he bursts out laughing at the genuinely devastated expression on Will’s puffy face. “Oh, no! Poor baby!” Mike coos between peals of laughter. Will pouts even more. “Whhhat?” “They… took your teeth to, um… give to the tooth fairy.” Mike giggles. Will’s eyes widen in horror. “Nnnnnnnno! A fairy? Fairies are… they’re worse than dentists! They steal Legoes!” “Nobody’s gonna steal your Legoes, Will.” Mike grins. Will’s eyes are wide and sad, but they’re also trusting. “Okay.” Will sniffles. “Can I help you?” Mike smiles. Will cups his cheeks, and his slightly-bruised eyes stare into Mike’s with a very strange intensity. “Mike.” Will says seriously. “Yourr eyes…” “Oh?” Mike says. “They’re… so prettyyyyy…” Will whispers in awe, moving his thumbs to touch Mike’s eyelids. “Big… big pretty cow eyes.” “Cow eyes, huh?” “Big n’ warm n’ soft…” Will says. “I love themmmm… Mikey Moo Moo…” Mike bursts out laughing again. Will pouts even more somehow as he strokes Mike's cheeks. “Noooo… don’t laugh, Mikey Moo Moo… it’s true…” He nods firmly, as if solidifying his point, and it makes Mike laugh even harder, enough that his ribs hurt and his eyes prick with tears. “Alright, alright, I’m not laughing at you, babe.” Mike laughs, trying to stifle it. “I love you.” Will stares into his eyes for a weirdly long time before he headbutts Mike in the forehead. “You do?” Will pulls away, staring out his bedroom window, apparently lost in thought. It’s a minute of silence, broken only by the muffled snickers Mike can’t suppress all the way, before Will bursts out in tears. “I dunno!” Will sobs. “I want ice cream now…” Will sniffles. “Carry me…” “One sec, babe, okay?” Mike smiles. He wraps his arms around Will’s waist, and Will’s arms fly to around his neck, clinging to Mike as he stands up. “Yaaay!!” Will cheers, head getting heavier. Instead of carrying him to the kitchen, though, Mike hefts him before dropping him on the bed. “Noooo-” Will complains, hands scrabbling at Mike’s shoulders and trying to pull him down with him. “No, babe, I’ll be right back- let me go- ah!” Mike complains as Will manages to tug him almost on top of him. Somehow, despite Will’s protests, he manages to extract himself from the grip, and Will whines a bit before settling back down, flopping against the pillows with a huff. Mike goes to the kitchen, smiling the whole way and still laughing a little bit. Once he’s there, he rummages through the freezer and fridge until he’s found a pint of strawberry ice cream. As he’s grabbing a spoon, though- “Miiiiiiiiiiiiiike!” Will calls. “Miiiiiike! Are y’coming back?” “I’m here, Will!” Mike calls back, trying so hard not to just collapse from how funny his boyfriend is being. “I’m just getting your ice cream!” “Come backkkkkkkkkk-” Will slurs. “I miss youuuuuuu-” “I'm literally in the kitchen!” he shouts. Mike smiles as he grabs the food, drink, and spoon and heads to the room, where Will is splayed weirdly. As soon as he enters, Will’s eyes light up like he's been gone for days instead of thirty seconds. “Mikey Moo Moo!” “Here you go, babe.” Mike smiles, putting down the foodstuffs and helping Will sit up, propping him against the pillows and headboard. “Now do you want ice cream?” Will nods, still pouting, though the second he takes a spoonful of ice cream, it disappears. “Whoaaaaaaa…” Will gasps. “Mmmm… cold…” “Good, huh?” Mike smiles. Will nods, looking at Mike with big eyes. “Good.” Mike says, smiling as he gently cups Will’s cheeks to lean his head forward for a forehead kiss. “I love you. Even if you’re weird when you’re high.” “Hmm? No, ‘m short.” Will slurs, taking another bite before scooping more and holding it over to Mike. “Y’want some?” “No, babe, I’m okay. Scoot over?” Mike says. Will does, leaning his head on Mike’s shoulder as he quietly munches away on ice cream. “Love you, Mike.” Will slurs, the near-empty ice cream settling in his lap as his head gets heavier. “Love you too.” Mike smiles. Will’s head gets even heavier, and he soon starts softly snoring. Mike smiles and presses a kiss to his forehead, taking away the ice cream and setting it on the nightstand. Fandom: Stranger Things (TV 2016) Relationship: Will Byers/Mike Wheeler Stats: Published:2024-07-31 Language: English

🚲

୧ ‧₊˚🍨 ೀ⊹˚.

🧇🔦📺🚲🕰

Care for me Fogfire Summary: You're there to care for your boyfriend after his wisdom teeth get removed. That's it, that's the fic. Just Fluff. Fandom: 僕のヒーローアカデミア | Boku no Hero Academia | My Hero Academia (Anime & Manga) Relationship: Kirishima Eijirou/Reader Character: Kirishima Eijirou Additional Tags: wisdom tooth removal Language: English Stats: Published:2023-12-06 The dentist had been kind enough to let you stay with Eijiro until the anesthesia kicked in and his hand fell limp in yours. You’ve got your phone set up by the time he wakes up. He blinks sluggishly, groans low in his throat, and raises his hands, no doubt to touch his swollen cheeks. “Uh uh,” You move to intercept him, take your hands in his. “No touching.” “Whu?” He asks, eyes slowly focusing on you. You can tell when his vision clears because a pretty pink blush drapes over his cheeks and burns his ears. “Hi.” You smile at him. “Nice to see sleeping beauty wake up.” “Sneepin buty?” He mumbles around the gauze in his mouth. He points at himself with a questioning look in his eyes. “Yep.” You pop the p. “You’re my pretty boy. My baby.” His blush intensifies in color. It’s almost as red as his hair now and he shyly averts his eyes for a second before he looks back at you. You know that game. You don’t take your eyes off him and he smiles, wincing when that hurts his cheeks. “Careful.” You reach out your hand and caress the sensitive area with your hand. “It’s gonna take some time, but you did good, champ.” He mumbles but the door slides open. “Mr. Kirishima, it’s good to have you back. I’m afraid we have to clear out this room soon. How about we get you seated first and then move on to getting up?” It’s slow progress, but fifteen minutes later Kirishima’s leaning heavily onto you as you wait for an Uber. His nose is nuzzling into your hair and he’s whining, low and needy, as you try not to falter beneath his weight. “I’m here, I’m here.” You soothe him. You expected him to be whiny. By now you know that this side of him always breaks out when he’s in a predicament. While you hate for him to feel bad, you love this side of him. The side of him that asks for help, support, and touch instead of feeling like he’s the one everyone needs to depend on. Luckily heating soup doesn’t take that many steps but then it’s time to eat and Eijiro’s brows furrow in the way they do when he’s trying to figure out something difficult. Kirishima wakes up to the sound of his own voice, sluggish and slow. For a moment he’s confused. If he can hear himself, is he still in his own body? And if so, why does his mouth hurt so bad?” “Baby?” He mumbles, blinks against exhaustion pulling at him. He moves all ten of his fingers, relieved when he can feel your skin beneath them. “Hey, sleepyhead.” He can feel your lips press against his hair. “How did you sleep?” “Fine.” He mumbles back and yawns, winces when that makes his mouth hurt even worse. “What happened to my mouth?” “You got your wisdom teeth removed, remember? There’s some water for you on the nightstand.” He turns his head. Indeed, a bottle of water. He scoots up to a sitting position, pulls you with him for good measure, and takes it. The water, albeit lukewarm, washes away the least of his confusion. “Did you video me?” He asks. You nod and pull out your phone. “I recorded you waking up. It’s so cute. My little baby.” You coo and for a whole minute, the video is just him, snoring softly. Kirishima had known you’d do that. And he might not want his friends to see him like this, but there’s something he can never get tired of - the fondness in your eyes when you watch a video of him, the pull of your mouth when you coo at what he’s doing, how you laugh when he blushes and pull closer to kiss his nose when the Eijro in the video and the Eijiro next to him in bed turn the same shade of red. He’s not mad that you record him, not when he gets to see you fawn over him both in real life and in recording. https://archiveofourown.org/works/52070539

much better. norahdevore Summary: Kurt gets his wisdom teeth out and is a cutie pie about it. takes place a few months after the wedding in s6 Fandom: Glee Relationship: Blaine Anderson/Kurt Hummel Work Text: Blaine sighed, checking his watch. Kurt had been in there for 40 minutes now. Why was getting four teeth out taking that long? Did something happen? Was he just not fully aware of some part of the process? His worries were quelled when Kurt walked out of the small hallway in their dentist’s office, slightly supported by two dental hygienists. “Kurt,” he breathed, getting up from the chair and running over to him. “Oh my gosh, you’re okay!” “Hmmm?” Kurt blinked woozily, leaning forward. “Woah. You’re like… so pretty. So pretty.” One of the hygienists laughed, handing Blaine another pamphlet. He had already gotten three today. “I assume you’ve got all the prescriptions already picked up?” “Yep. I got them all from the CVS yesterday.” He nodded, one arm holding Kurt up. “So, soft foods, gauze, meds, and… anything else?” “Ice packs to prevent swelling, no exercise for at least 48 hours, you know the rest. We’ll have him in to check the extraction sites in a few days. Make sure his wife’s got all that.” Kurt burst out laughing. “Wife? M’so gay. Soooo gay. I have like, a boyfriend n’ everything. He’s so pretty.” He didn’t seem to be aware that Blaine was currently holding him. “Oh. Well. We hope you heal well.” The two women helped Kurt to his and Blaine’s car, making sure he wasn’t straining himself, whispering to each other before they left. Blaine rolled his eyes, before brushing some of Kurt’s hair out of his eyes. “Hey, my love. How ya’ feelin'?” “Where’s Blaine? He’s my boyfrien’.” Blaine laughed, helping to buckle Kurt in before walking around to the driver's side and getting in. “I’m Blaine. And I’m not your boyfriend, I’m your husband.” Kurt’s eyes widened. “What? No… that’s so crazy. Crazyyy.” He laughed hysterically to himself, the bloody gauze starting to fall from his mouth. “Hey babe, you’ve got to keep that in. Don’t want those stitches exposed until they’re a bit more healed. And less bloody.” He took the gauze gingerly, placing it along Kurt’s gums once more. “Why’s it s’bloody. Did I get attacked?” Kurt gasped, leaning back against the seat. “Am I gonna get a scar…” He pouted, looking up at Blaine. “No, you’re not going to get a scar. At least not on your face. You got your wisdom teeth out.” He giggled, kissing Kurt softly on the cheek. “And let’s be glad that you don’t have a scar from that.” “Would be cool though…” Kurt sighed, looking out the window as Blaine began to drive. “They took away all my smartness?” “No, that’s just what the teeth are called-” “They don’t want me to succeed. They took the smart away.” “Hon, it’s just your back teeth-” “I’M RUINED. I’LL NEVER BE A FAMOUS MATHEMATICIAN NOW!!” Kurt burst into tears, slamming his head back against the seat. Blaine tried not to laugh. “Hey, you never wanted to be a famous mathematician. And even if you did, they’re just teeth. Not actual wisdom.” He rubbed Kurt’s shoulder. “Oh. Right. Math sucksss.” He wiped his eyes, giggling to himself. “I feel like so silly banana. Silly little banana.” “You are so zonked out right now, aren’t you.” “Uh-huh.” Kurt pointed out the window at the partly cloudy evening sky. “I think clouds are squimgy,” he declared, crossing his arms. “What does that even mean?” “If I grabbed a cloud and hugged it, it would go, ‘squimg.’” He said this emphatically as if it was common knowledge, voice a bit muffled from the swelling. “Mhm. What if you go hug some pillows while you sleep this off? That’s a better idea than clouds, don’t you think?” He cupped Kurt’s swollen cheek softly as they pulled into a parking spot in front of their apartment. “Are you gonna leave? I don’ want you to…” Kurt grabbed Blaine’s hand, rubbing it against his smooth, not as swollen cheekbones. “No Kurt, I’m not gonna leave. I’ll be there the whole time.” He smiled, opening the car door and walking around to the other side to get Kurt. “You said you-you weren’t going to leave and then you left,” Kurt said, tears already rolling down his face. “Hey, no, no I’m here. Blaine’s here, I just got out of the car to come around to your side, see? Kurt, baby, open your eyes.” “Nuh-uh.” “Kurt, it’s Blaine.” “Blaine wouldn’ leave..” “Mhm. That’s why I didn’t leave.” Blaine reached out, tipping Kurt’s chin up slightly. “Oh. It’s you. I love you.” He stretched out his arms, letting his husband pick him up bridal style, giggling. “I love you too. So much.” “How much?” “This much!” Blaine spun around in circles, still holding tightly to Kurt. “Enough that I will do big spins for you instead of little ones.” “So cool. Y’know what else is cool?” Kurt tilted his head back, looking over Blaine’s shoulder in awe as he mounted the stairs of their apartment building. “What’s cool, lovey?” “Pitch Perfect. I like tha’ movie. S’got Elizabeth Banks, and… the other people… I just don’ like that there had to be a romance. Like, I like romance but the love story is the least interesting part of that movie by far.” He rambled on like this for a little while, finally stopping when Blaine laid him on their bed. He grabbed a set of sweatpants and a hoodie from their bureau, something that Kurt would most definitely refuse in a more lucid condition, and helped them onto his husband before grabbing a blanket and tucking him in. “Are you ready to sleep this anesthesia off, lovebug?” Kurt sighed, cuddling into a pillow. “I dunno, it’s kinda nice…” Blaine laughed softly, kissing Kurt’s forehead and stroking his hair until he finally fell into the recesses of a deep sleep. A couple of hours later, Blaine returned to their room. He had gone to the kitchen to prepare some lemon Jello (A pre-wisdom teeth removal Kurt’s request) and oatmeal (The doctor’s recommendation.) Kurt was still sleeping, a bit of drool tugging on the corner of his mouth, pooling on the pillow. Blaine picked up the towel that he had for this purpose, wiping it up and then wiping off the blood from his husband’s bottom lip. “Mmmmm….” Kurt hummed softly, rolling over and stretching. “Where’d the dentist go? She was right here.” He looked around the room, blinking, a confused expression upon his red swollen face. “Well hello, sleepyhead!” Blaine placed the cloth between them, kissing Kurt’s forehead. “The dentist isn’t here sweetie, the surgery’s over. You’re home now.” “Are my teeth gone?” Kurt used his tongue to feel around inside his mouth, gasping at the salty taste. “Blehhhh…” “Yeah, it’s only been like, 3 hours?” Blaine held out a glass of water, helping Kurt take a sip. He swallows it, flinching and bringing a hand up to his mouth. “It hurts really bad. Can you fix it?” Blaine frowns, propping himself up on the headboard and letting Kurt lean on his shoulder. “I’m sorry baby, we could try a cold towel? Or an ice pack. I have bothhhh,” he said, grinning and holding up the aforementioned items. “Towel is less heavy. So that.” Blaine gently draped the cold, damp towel over Kurt’s swollen cheek, earning a sigh of relief from his husband. “Better?” Blaine asked, running his fingers idly through Kurt’s hair. Kurt nodded, his eyes at half-mast once again as he nestled into Blaine’s warmth. “Much better.” Language: English Stats: Published:2023-09-21Words:1,257

Wisdom Teeth maevieluv Summary: Seungmin got his wisdom teeth taken out, Minho is there to take care of him Little: Seungmin Caregiver: Minho Fandom: Stray Kids (Band) Relationship: Kim Seungmin/Lee Minho | Lee Know Language: English Seungmin, being none the wiser, just let out sleepy giggles from where he was placed. It was early Friday morning when Seungmin got his wisdom teeth removed, and he was currently being driven home by Minho. Seungmin, fresh out of surgery, was pretty loopy from the medication given him. "Aw we home yet?" Seungmin asked, his words being muffled by the gauze in his mouth. "Not yet Seungminnie, we still have about another five minutes until we get home." Minho replied momentarily looking at Seungmin before placing his eyes back on the road. "why do I hab yucky gum in my mouf?" Seungmin asked, a look of confusion drawn on his face. "Sweetheart that's not gum, you have gauze in your mouth. The doctor gave you some to help with the bleeding." Minho replied, chuckling lightly. Seungmin looked over to Minho with a mortified look on his face, "I have jaws in my mouth?! Like... like da movie?!” Seungmin let out a loud gasp “did da doctor turn minnie into a shark?!" Minho snorted, very amused at Seungmin’s theories. “dada dis ish bery serious!” Minho couldn't contain himself anymore and burst out laughing, now wishing he had brought another member with him to record Seungmin. "daddy dis is no funny! minnie been tuwned to a shawk!! minnie don' wanna eat peopwe!" Seungmin cried, desperation in his voice. "Don't worry baby, you're not a shark. You're still daddy's little prince." Minho said, reaching his hand out to grab Seungmins, who giggled at the affection. "daaadddyyyy minnies tiwweeddd." Seungmin whined while rubbing his eyes with his balled up fist. "You can sleep baby, I'll ca-" Minho cut himself off when he looked over at Seungmin, who was already deep in sleep. "Cutie." Minho whispered while staring fondly at his baby for a second before looking back on the road. Stats: Published:2023-11-03

I'm Already Taken (by you) SarunoHadaki Summary: Albedo helps his boyfriend with his wisdom tooth removal surgery. Fandom: 原神 | Genshin Impact (Video Game) Relationship: Albedo/Scaramouche (Genshin Impact) Language: English Stats: Published:2023-10-23 After the successful surgery and removal of Scara's four wisdom teeth, Albedo helped get him cleaned up. In the process, he glanced down, noticing the stains of blood around his mouth where they'd made a bit of a mess. Albedo couldn't help the smile that spread across his lips. Somehow, this felt very Scaramouche to him. Although the serenity of his expression, not so much. Scaramouche was cleaned up with a wrap around his head and gauze in his mouth by the time he'd started to wake. Albedo had finished with his other patients for the day, making Scara his last and largest priority of the evening. Albedo pulled up a chair and sat down at his bedside as he slowly started to open his eyes. Scara still had a finger affixed to an IV as he brought the hand up and pressed his palm against his cheek. "Where'd my mouth go?" he asked, his voice thick with sleep. His fingers smeared across his lower jaw, his eyes screwed up in confusion. "I numbed it for you," Albedo said. "Why?" "I removed your back molars." "Don't I need those?" "No." "Can I have them back?" Scara asked, his eyebrows curling up with worry, the lower lip preparing to wobble as if warning for tears. "No." "Why not?" "Because you don't need them, sweetie," Albedo said. Scara's eyes popped open and he reared back. "Sweetie? Umm, I'm already taken." "By who?" "Uhh his name is... my partner." Albedo tried his best to hold back a grin. Ah, yes. "My partner." How should Albedo handle this situation? Should he break the truth to him or let him flounder a little longer? "What does he look like?" "He's, uh, really handsome, and, erm." Scaramouche shifted in his seat as Albedo reached for his hand. "I already know him, actually," Albedo said. "My name is Albedo and we've been together for the last four and a half years." "We- we are." Scaramouche's jaw dropped open a second time and Albedo grinned. "You did a very good job today. Are you ready to go home?" "With you?" "Yes? We live together." "Oh." Albedo laughed and reached to tuck some loose strands behind Scara's ears. His mouth remained open, a little like a slack-jawed toddler, but Albedo found the image quite cute. Back in the car, Albedo strapped Scara into his car seat. He barely managed to get himself buckled in although he was compliant enough not to be a huge issue. He mostly kept his arms at his sides and played with the gauze in his mouth, which resulted in a brief scolding to tell him not to do that again. Once Albedo and Scaramouche managed to come to an agreement about not playing with his mouth, Albedo started the drive home. It wouldn't be long, ten minutes at most, with only two traffic lights along the way. "You did a really good job at the dentist today." "Are the teeth out?" "Yes?" Albedo said with a laugh. "Are you tired? Maybe you should sleep." "Okay," Scara said. He closed his eyes. Albedo hummed and stroked the side of his face. "Hey, Albedo?" Scara whispered. "Yes?" "Did you take pictures? Video?" "No." "Can we never talk about this again?" Albedo laughed. "Your secret is safe with me." "And let me propose properly." "Of course." Albedo hummed.

ᴺᵒᵗʰⁱⁿᵍ ᴮᵘᵗ ᵀʰᵉ ᵀᵒᵒᵗʰ ⁽ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᴮᵒᵇ ᶠᵃⁿᶠⁱᶜ⁾ "ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ ᵃʳᵉ ʸᵒᵘ ᵃʷᵃᵏᵉ‧‧‧" ᴱᵘᵍᵉⁿᵉ ᴷʳᵃᵇˢ ᵐᵘᵐ ˢᵃʷ ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵐᵃᵏⁱⁿᵍ ᵃⁿʸ ⁿᵒⁱˢᵉ ᵒʳ ᵐᵒᵛᵉᵐᵉⁿᵗ‧ ᴴᵉ'ˢ ⁱⁿ ˢᵘʳᵍᵉʳʸ ᶠᵒʳ ʷⁱˢᵈᵒᵐ ᵗᵉᵉᵗʰ⸴ ᵃⁿᵈ ᵃ ᵈᵉⁿᵗⁱˢᵗ ʰᵉˡᵈ ʰⁱˢ ʰᵉᵃᵈ ˢᵗⁱˡˡ ʷʰⁱˡˢᵗ ᵃˢˢⁱˢᵗᵃⁿᵗˢ ᵖᵘᵗ ᵃ ᵍᵃᵘᶻᵉ ⁱⁿ ᵇᵒᵗʰ ˢⁱᵈᵉˢ ᵒᶠ ʰⁱˢ ᵐᵒᵘᵗʰ ᵉᵃᶜʰ‧ ᴬⁿᵈ ᴱᵘᵍᵉⁿᵉ⸴ ʰᵉ'ˢ ʷᵃⁱᵗⁱⁿᵍ ᵒᵘᵗ ᵒᶠ ᵗʰᵉ ˢᵘʳᵍᵉʳʸ‧ ᴼⁿˡʸ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ'ˢ ᵍᵉᵗᵗⁱⁿᵍ ˢᵘʳᵍᵉʳʸ ᵗᵒᵈᵃʸ ᵃⁿᵈ ᵗʰᵉʸ ᶜᵃˡˡᵉᵈ ᴹˢ‧ ᴷʳᵃᵇˢ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ ᵃᶠᵗᵉʳ ᵉˣᵗʳᵃᶜᵗⁱᵒⁿ‧ ᴱᵘᵍᵉⁿᵉ ʷᵃⁿᵗᵉᵈ ᵗᵒ ʰᵃᵛᵉ ˡᵉᵗ ᴼˡᵈ ᴹᵃⁿ ᴶᵉⁿᵏⁱⁿˢ ᵗʳʸ ᵗʰᵉⁱʳ ᵇᵘʳᵍᵉʳ ᵇᵘᵗ ᵈᵉᶜⁱᵈᵉᵈ ᵗᵒ ʷᵃⁱᵗ ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ‧ ᴵᵗ'ˢ ᵗʰᵉ ˡᵃˢᵗ ˢᶜʰᵒᵒˡ ᵇʳᵉᵃᵏ ᵇᵉᶠᵒʳᵉ ᵍʳᵃᵈᵘᵃᵗⁱᵒⁿ‧ "ᴴᵉ'ˢ ⁿᵘᵐᵇᵉᵈ ˢᵒ ᵈᵒⁿ'ᵗ ᵇᵉ ᵃˡᵃʳᵐᵉᵈ ⁱᶠ ʰᵉ ˡⁱˢᵖ ᵒʳ ᵈⁱˢᵒʳⁱᵉⁿᵗᵉᵈ‧ ᴴᵉ'ˢ ᵈʳᵒᵒˡᵉᵈ ᵃⁿᵈ ʷᵉ ᶜˡᵉᵃⁿᵉᵈ ᵘᵖ⸴ ᵇᵘᵗ ᵐⁱᵍʰᵗ ˢᵗⁱˡˡ ᵈʳᵒᵒˡ ᶠᵒʳ ᵗⁱᵐᵉ‧" "ᴴʰʰ‧‧‧" ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ'ˢ ᵃⁿᵗᵉⁿⁿᵃᵉ ᵗʷⁱᵗᶜʰᵉᵈ ᵃˢ ʰᵉ ʷᵒᵏᵉ ᵘᵖ‧ ᵀʰᵉʸ ᵍᵃᵛᵉ ᴹˢ‧ ᴷʳᵃᵇˢ ⁱⁿˢᵗʳᵘᶜᵗⁱᵒⁿˢ ᵃⁿᵈ ᵍᵃᵘᶻᵉ ᵗᵒ ᵗᵃᵏᵉ ʷⁱᵗʰ‧ ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ'ˢ ᵉʸᵉ ᵒᵖᵉⁿˢ‧ "ᴴᵉʸ ʸᵒᵘ ᵈⁱᵈ ⁱᵗ; ˢᵒ ᶠᵃˢᵗ!" ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ ᵗʳⁱᵉᵈ ᵗᵒ ᶜᵒᵐᵖʳᵉʰᵉⁿᵈ‧ "ᵀʰᵉʸ ᵍᵒᵗ ʸᵒᵘʳ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ ᵐᵒˡᵃʳˢ ʳᵉᵐᵒᵛᵉᵈ⸴ ᵃⁿᵈ ᴱᵘᵍᵉⁿᵉ'ˢ ʷᵃⁱᵗⁱⁿᵍ ᶠᵒʳ ʸᵒᵘ! ᶜᵃⁿ ʸᵒᵘ ˢᵗᵃⁿᵈ‧‧‧" ᴹˢ‧ ᴷʳᵃᵇˢ ʰᵉˡᵖᵉᵈ ʰⁱᵐ ᵒᵘᵗ ᵒᶠ ᵗʰᵉ ˢᵘʳᵍᵉʳʸ‧ "ᴸᵉᵗ'ˢ ᵍᵒ!" ᴱᵘᵍᵉⁿᵉ ᵃⁿᵈ ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ ʷᵉⁿᵗ ⁱⁿ ᵗʰᵉ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ ˢᵉᵃᵗ ʷʰⁱˡˢᵗ ᴹˢ‧ ᴷʳᵃᵇˢ ᵈʳⁱᵛᵉˢ‧ "ᵂᵉᵉ!" ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ˡᵃᵘᵍʰˢ‧ "ᴹᵘᵐ ʷʰʸ‧‧‧" "ᴱᵘᵍᵉⁿᵉ ʰᵉ ʳᵉᶜᵉⁱᵛᵉᵈ ᵐᵉᵈⁱᶜⁱⁿᵉ ⁱⁿ ˢᵘʳᵍᵉʳʸ‧" "ᴵ ʷʰᵃᵃ⁻ ˢ⁻ˢᵘʳᵉ⸴ ˢᵘʳᵍᵉ‧‧‧" "ᔆᵘʳᵍᵉʳʸ! ᴬⁿᵈ ʸᵉˢ ᴵ ᵏⁿᵒʷ ᵇᵘᵗ ʰᵉ'ˢ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵃᶜᵗⁱⁿᵍ ʳⁱᵍʰᵗ!" "ᴵ ᵘⁿᵈᵉʳˢᵗᵃⁿᵈ ʸᵒᵘ'ʳᵉ ᶜᵒⁿᶜᵉʳⁿᵉᵈ ᵇᵘᵗ ʰᵉ'ˢ ᵒᵛᵉʳʷʰᵉˡᵐᵉᵈ‧‧" "ᴵ ᵃ ˡⁱ’ˡ ᶜˡᵒᵘᵈ ⁱⁿ ᵗʰᵃ’ ˢᵏʸ⁻ʸ!" "ᵂᵉ'ʳᵉ ʳⁱᵈⁱⁿᵍ ᵗᵒ ᵐʸ ᵖˡᵃᶜᵉ⸴ ᵇᵘᵗ ⁿᵒᵗ ⁱⁿ ᵗʰᵉ ˢᵏʸ‧" ᴱᵘᵍᵉⁿᵉ ᵗᵒˡᵈ‧ "ʸᵒᵘ ᵇʷⁱⁿᵍˢ ᵐᵉ ʷⁱᵛᵛ ʸᵒᵘ?" "ʸᵉˢ‧" "ᴮᵒᶠ ᵒ ᵘˢ?" "ᴹᵘᵐ ʰᵉ'ˢ ᵈʳᵒᵒˡⁱⁿᵍ‧‧" "ᶜᵃⁿ ʸᵒᵘ ᵍᵉᵗ ᵗʰᵉ ʰᵃⁿᵈ ᵏᵉʳᶜʰⁱᵉᶠ ᵃⁿᵈ ʷⁱᵖᵉ ⁱᵗ? ᴮᵘᵗ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵗᵒ ʰᵃʳᵈ‧‧" ᴹˢ‧ ᴷʳᵃᵇˢ ᵗᵒˡᵈ ʰᵉʳ ˢᵒⁿ‧ "ᴵ ˢᵉᵉ ˢᵒᵐᵉ ᵇˡᵒᵒᵈ ⁱⁿ ᵗʰᵉ‧‧‧" "ʸᵒᵘ ᵗʰᵃʷ ᵇʳᵒᵒᵈ?" "ᴰᵒⁿ'ᵗ ʷᵒʳʳʸ ᵇᵒʸˢ‧‧" ᴱᵘᵍᵉⁿᵉ'ˢ ᵐᵘᵐ ⁿᵒᵗⁱᶜᵉᵈ ʰᵉʳ ˢᵒⁿ ˡᵒᵒᵏⁱⁿᵍ ᵒᵘᵗ ᵗʰʳᵒᵘᵍʰ ᵗʰᵉ ʷⁱⁿᵈᵒʷ ᵃⁿᵈ ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ ᶠᵃˡˡⁱⁿᵍ ᵃˢˡᵉᵉᵖ ʷⁱᵗʰ ᵈʳᵒᵒˡ ᵈʳⁱᵇᵇˡⁱⁿᵍ ᵒᵘᵗ‧ ᴹˢ‧ ᴷʳᵃᵇˢ ʷᵒᵏᵉ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ‧ "ᴴᵉʸ ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ ʷᵉ'ʳᵉ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ!" ᴴᵉ ᵒᵖᵉⁿˢ ʰⁱˢ ᵉʸᵉ‧ "ᵂᵉ ᵃʰ‧‧‧ ʸᵒᵘʳ ᵖʷᵃᶜᵉ?" "ʸᵉˢ! ᴺᵒʷ ᵗᵒ ᴱᵘᵍᵉⁿᵉ'ˢ ᵇᵉᵈ ʳᵒᵒᵐ ʸᵒᵘ ᶜᵃⁿ ᵗᵃᵏᵉ ⁱᵗ ᵉᵃˢʸ‧‧" ᴹˢ‧ ᴷʳᵃᵇˢ ʰᵉˡᵖᵉᵈ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ᵗᵒ ᵗʰᵉ ᵇᵉᵈ ʷⁱᵗʰ ᴱᵘᵍᵉⁿᵉ‧ "ᴸᵉᵗ'ˢ ᵍᵉᵗ ʸᵒᵘ ˢᵒᵐᵉ ⁿᵉʷ ᵍᵃᵘᶻᵉ‧‧" ᴱᵘᵍᵉⁿᵉ'ˢ ᵐᵘᵐ ᵍᵉᵗˢ ᵒᵘᵗ ˢᵒᵐᵉ ᶠʳᵉˢʰ ᵘⁿᵘˢᵉᵈ ᵒⁿᵉˢ ᵗᵒ ʳᵉᵖˡᵃᶜᵉ‧ ᴱᵘᵍᵉⁿᵉ ᵍᵃˢᵖᵉᵈ⸴ ˢᵉᵉⁱⁿᵍ ᵗʰᵉ ʳᵉᵈ ᶜᵒˡᵒᵘʳ‧ "ᴬˡˡ ᵖᵃʳᵗ ᵒᶠ ᵗʰᵉ ʰᵉᵃˡⁱⁿᵍ ᵖʳᵒᶜᵉˢˢ‧‧" ᔆʰᵉ ˢᵃʸˢ⸴ ᶠⁱⁿⁱˢʰⁱⁿᵍ ᵘᵖ‧ "ᴴᵃⁿᵏ ʸᵒᵘ!" "ᔆᵒ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ᵈᵒ ʸᵒᵘ ʷᵃⁿⁿᵃ ʳᵉᵃᵈ‧‧‧" "ᴱᵘᵍᵉⁿᵉ ʷᵉ ᵍᵒᵒᵒᵒᵈ ᶠʷⁱᵉⁿᵈˢ⸴ ᵐʸ ᴮᵉᵗʰ ᶠʷⁱᵉⁿᵈˢ‧‧" "ᴵ ˡᵒᵛᵉ ᵇᵉⁱⁿᵍ ʸᵒᵘʳ ᵇᵉˢᵗ ᶠʳⁱᵉⁿᵈ!" "ᶠᵒʷᵉᵛᵃʰ?" "ᴺᵒ ᵐᵃᵗᵗᵉʳ ʷʰᵃᵗ!" "ᵂʰʸ ᵃᵐ ᴵ ˢᵒ ᵗⁱʳᵉᵈ?" "ᴵ ᵍᵘᵉˢˢ ᶠʳᵒᵐ ᵗʰᵉ ᵈᵉⁿᵗ‧‧‧" ᴱᵘᵍᵉⁿᵉ ˢᵗᵃʳᵗᵉᵈ ᵗᵒ ˢᵃʸ⸴ ᵇᵘᵗ ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ ˡᵉᵃⁿˢ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ ᵒⁿ ᵗʰᵉ ᵖⁱˡˡᵒʷ ʷʰⁱˡˢᵗ ᴹˢ‧ ᴷʳᵃᵇˢ ᶜᵃᵐᵉ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ‧ "ᔆᵉᵉᵐˢ ˡⁱᵏᵉ ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ ᵐᵘˢᵗ ᵇᵉ ᵉˣʰᵃᵘˢᵗᵉᵈ!" "ᴴᵉ'ˢ ᵍᵒⁿⁿᵃ ˢᵗᵃʸ ᵃˡˡ ᵗʰʳᵒᵘᵍʰ ᵗʰᵉ ʷᵉᵉᵏ ʳⁱᵍʰᵗ?" "ʸᵉˢ ʰᵉ ʷⁱˡˡ⸴ ˢᵒ ʲᵘˢᵗ ᵍⁱᵛᵉ ʰⁱᵐ ᵗⁱᵐᵉ ᵗᵒ ʳᵉˢᵗ ᵘᵖ ᵃⁿᵈ ʰᵉᵃˡ⸴ ᵃˢ ᵗʰᵉ ⁿᵘᵐᵇⁱⁿᵍ ᵐⁱᵍʰᵗ ᵉᵛᵉⁿᵗᵘᵃˡˡʸ ᵈʷⁱⁿᵈˡᵉ ʷʰⁱˡˢᵗ ˢʷᵉˡˡⁱⁿᵍ‧ ᴴᵉ ᵐⁱᵍʰᵗ ⁿᵒᵗ ʳᵉᶜᵃˡˡ ᵐᵘᶜʰ ᵒᶠ ᵗᵒᵈᵃʸ‧ ᴵ ᵏⁿᵒʷ ⁱᵗ ᶜᵃⁿ ᵇᵉ ʰᵃʳᵈ ᴱᵘᵍᵉⁿᵉ‧" ᴱᵘᵍᵉⁿᵉ ᵈᵉᶜⁱᵈᵉᵈ ᵗᵒ ʳᵉᵃᵈ ᵃˢ ʰᵉ ʰᵉᵃʳˢ ʰⁱˢ ᶠʳⁱᵉⁿᵈ ⁿᵒʷ ᑫᵘⁱᵉᵗˡʸ ˢⁿᵒʳᵉᵈ‧ ᴱᵛᵉⁿᵗᵘᵃˡˡʸ ʰᵉ ʷᵃᵏᵉˢ ᵘᵖ ⁿᵒʷ⸴ ᵃⁿᵈ ᴱᵘᵍᵉⁿᵉ ˢᵉᵉˢ ᵗᵒ ʰⁱᵐ‧ ᔆᵘʳᵉ ᵉⁿᵒᵘᵍʰ⸴ ʰᵉ ᶠᵉˡᵗ ᵗʰᵉ ᵈᵘˡˡ ᵃᶜʰᵉ ᵐᵒʳᵉ ᵗʰᵃⁿ ᵇᵉᶠᵒʳᵉ⸴ ᵗʰᵉ ⁿᵘᵐᵇⁿᵉˢˢ ʷᵒʳⁿ ᵒᶠᶠ‧ "ᴴᵉʸ⸴ ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ‧‧" ᴱᵘᵍᵉⁿᵉ ˢᵃʸˢ‧ ᴴᵉ ˢⁱᵗˢ ʰⁱᵐˢᵉˡᶠ ᵘᵖ‧ "ᴵ'ᵛᵉ ᵃᵖᵖᵒⁱⁿᵗᵐᵉⁿᵗ ʷⁱᶠᶠ ᵒʳᵃˡ ˢᵘʳᵍᵉᵒⁿ‧‧‧" ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ ᵐᵘᵐᵇˡᵉˢ⸴ ᵒᵖᵉⁿⁱⁿᵍ ʰⁱˢ ᵉʸᵉ‧ ᴴᵉ ˢᵉᵉˢ ᴱᵘᵍᵉⁿᵉ‧ "ᴵ ᵗʰⁱⁿᵏ ⁱⁿ ᵐʸ ᵈʷᵉᵃᵐ ʷᵉ ʷᵉⁿᵗ ᵗᵒ ᵗʰᵉᵉ‧‧‧" ᔆᵘᵈᵈᵉⁿˡʸ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ᶠᵉˡᵗ ˡⁱᵏᵉ ˢᵒᵐᵉ ᵗʰⁱⁿᵍ'ˢ ⁱⁿ ʰⁱˢ ᵐᵒᵘᵗʰ‧ 'ᵂᵃⁱᵗ ˢᵉᵉᵐˢ ˡⁱᵏᵉ ⁱᵗ ʰᵃᵖᵖᵉⁿᵉᵈ⸴ ᵈⁱᵈ ⁱᵗ?' ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ ᵗʰⁱⁿᵏˢ⸴ ᵇᵘᵗ ᵗʰᵒᵘᵍʰᵗˢ ⁱⁿᵗᵉʳʳᵘᵖᵗᵉᵈ ᵇʸ ᴹˢ‧ ᴷʳᵃᵇˢ ᶜᵒᵐⁱⁿᵍ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ ⁱⁿ‧ 'ᴺᵒ ᴵ ᵈᵒ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵗʰⁱⁿᵏ ᴵ ᵈʳᵉᵃᵐᵗ ⁱᵗ ᴵ ᵗʰⁱⁿᵏ ᴵ ˡⁱᵛᵉᵈ ⁱᵗ! ᴮᵘᵗ ʷʰʸ ᵉᵛᵉʳʸ ᵗʰⁱⁿᵍ ˢᵉᵉᵐˢ ᵘⁿᶜˡᵉᵃʳ?' "ᴳᵉᵗ ⁱᶜᵉ ᶜʳᵉᵃᵐ ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ! ᴵᵗ ᵐⁱᵍʰᵗ ʰᵉˡᵖ‧‧" "ⱽᵃⁿⁱˡˡᵃ!" ᴱᵘᵍᵉⁿᵉ ˢᵃʸˢ‧ "ᶠⁱʳˢᵗ ˡᵉᵗ'ˢ ᵗᵃᵏᵉ ᵗʰᵉ ᵍᵃᵘᶻᵉ ᵒᵘᵗ⸴ ˢᵒ ʸᵒᵘ ᶜᵃⁿ ᵉᵃᵗ‧‧‧" "ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ⁱⁿ ˢⁱᵈᵉ ʸᵒᵘʳ⸴ ᵇᵒᵗʰ ⁱⁿ ʸᵒᵘʳ ᶜʰᵉᵉᵏˢ‧ ᵀʰᵉʸ ᵃʳᵉ ᵃᵗᵗᵃᶜʰᵉᵈ ᵗᵒ ˢᵒᵐᵉ ˡⁱᵗᵗˡᵉ ˢᵗʳⁱⁿᵍ‧‧‧" ᴱᵘᵍᵉⁿᵉ ᶜˡᵃʳⁱᶠⁱᵉᵈ‧ "ᴬʰ‧‧" ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ ˡᵉᵗ ᴱᵘᵍᵉⁿᵉ'ˢ ᵐᵘᵐ ᵗᵃᵏᵉ ᵗʰᵉᵐ⸴ ⁿᵒʷ ʰᵃⁿᵈⁱⁿᵍ ʰⁱᵐ ᵃ ᵇᵒʷˡ‧ "ᴵᶜᵉ ᶜʳᵉᵃᵐ⸴ ᵇᵘᵗ ʸᵒᵘ ᶜᵃⁿ ᵉᵃᵗ ˢᵒᵐᵉ ᵃˢ ʷᵃⁿᵗᵉᵈ‧" "ᴵ ʰᵘʳᵗⁱⁿ’ ᵇᵘʰ ᶠᵉᵉˡˢ ⁿᵘᵐᵇ‧‧" "ᶜᵃⁿ ᴵ ʰᵉˡᵖ ʸᵒᵘ ʷⁱᵗʰ ᵗʰᵉ ˢᵖᵒᵒⁿ?" "ᔆᵘʳᵉ⸴ ᴱᵘᵍᵉⁿᵉ‧" ᵀʰᵉ ⁱᶜᵉ ᶜʳᵉᵃᵐ ʰᵉˡᵖᵉᵈ‧ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ᶠᵉˡᵗ ᵐᵒʳᵉ ᶜᵒʰᵉʳᵉⁿᵗ‧ ᴬⁿᵈ ʸᵉᵗ ˢᵗⁱˡˡ ᵈʳᵒᵒˡˢ⸴ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵗᵒ ᵐᵉⁿᵗⁱᵒⁿ ᵃ ˡⁱˢᵖ‧ 'ᴴᵒᵖᵉ ᵐʸ ᵗᵒⁿᵍᵘᵉ ʷⁱˡˡ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵉⁿᵈ ᵘᵖ ᵇⁱᵗᵗᵉⁿ‧' "ᴹʸ ᵐᵒᵘᶠ ᶠᵉᵉˡˢ ᶠᵘⁿⁿʸ⸴ ˡⁱᵏᵉ ⁿᵘᵐᵇ ᵇᵘᵗ ⁿᵒᵗ ⁿᵘᵐᵇ ᵃᵗ ᵗʰᵉ ˢᵃᵐᵉ ᵗⁱᵐᵉ‧" ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ ˢᵗⁱˡˡ ᶠᵉˡᵗ ᵗʰᵉ ⁱᵐᵖᵃᶜᵗ ᵒᶠ ᵗʰᵉ ᵐᵉᵈⁱᶜⁱⁿᵉ‧ "ᴹᵘᵐ ᵍᵒᵗᵗᵃ ᶜᵘᵖ ᵒᶠ ʷᵃᵗᵉʳ ᶠᵒʳ ʸᵒᵘ‧" ᴱᵘᵍᵉⁿᵉ ˢᵃʸˢ‧ "ᔆᵃⁿᵏˢ‧‧" ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ᵗᵒᵒᵏ ᵃ ˢⁱᵖ‧ "ᴴᵉʸ ᴵ ᶠᵉˡᵗ ʷᵒʳʳⁱᵉᵈ ʷʰⁱˡˢᵗ ʷᵃⁱᵗⁱⁿᵍ ᵃⁿᵈ ⁿᵉᵛᵉʳ ʷⁱˢᵈᵒᵐ ᵗᵉᵉᵗʰ⸴ ᵇᵘᵗ ʷʰᵃᵗ'ˢ ⁱᵗ ˡⁱᵏᵉ? ᴵ ᵐᵉᵃⁿ ⁱᶠ ʸᵒᵘ ᵈᵒⁿ'ᵗ ʳᵉᵐᵉᵐᵇᵉʳ ᵒʳ ʳᵃᵗʰᵉʳ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵗᵃˡᵏ‧‧‧" "ᴵ ʳᵉᵐᵇᵉʳ ᵍᵒⁱⁿᵍ ⁱⁿ ᴵ ᵗʰⁱⁿᵏ‧ ᴵ ᶠᵉˡᵗ ᵗʰᵉ ᵃⁿᵗⁱᶜⁱᵖᵃᵗⁱᵒⁿ ᵃⁿᵈ ᵗʰᵃʷ ᵈᵉⁿᵗⁱˢᵗˢ ᵃˢ ᵗʰᵉʸ ᵗᵒˡᵈ ᵐᵉ ᵗᵒ ˡᵉᵃⁿ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ‧ ᴺᵒᵗ ˢᵘʳᵉ ʰᵒʷ ˡᵒⁿᵍ ᵐᵘᶜʰ ᵗⁱᵐᵉ ᵇᵘᵗ ᵃˡˡ ᵒᶠ ᵃ ˢᵘᵈᵈᵉⁿ ʸᵒᵘʳ ᵐᵘᵐ ʰᵉˡᵖᵉᵈ ᵐᵉ ᵒᵘᵗ‧‧" ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ ˢᵃʸˢ‧ "ᴵ ᵈᵒⁿ'ᵗ ʳᵉᵐᵉᵐᵇᵉ⁻⁻⁻ ᴵ ᵈᵒⁿ'ᵗ ᵏⁿᵒʷ ᵃᵇᵒᵘᵗ ᵗʰᵉ ʷⁱᵈᵉ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ ᵗᵒ ʸᵒᵘʳ ᵖʷᵃᶜᵉ‧‧" "ʸᵒᵘ ˢᵃⁱᵈ ˢᵒᵐᵉ ᵗʰⁱⁿᵍ ᵃᵇᵒᵘᵗ ᵇᵉⁱⁿᵍ ᵘᵖ ⁱⁿ ᶜˡᵒᵘᵈʸ ˢᵏʸ ᵒⁿ ᵗʰᵉ ʳⁱᵈᵉ ʰᵒᵐᵉ‧ ᴬⁿᵈ ˢˡᵉᵖᵗ‧" "ᔆᵒʷʷʸ ⁱᶠ‧‧‧" "ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ ⁱᵗ'ˢ ᵍᵒᵒᵈ; ʸᵒᵘ ᵃʳᵉ ᵐʸ ᵇᵉˢᵗ ᶠʳⁱᵉⁿᵈ! ᴬⁿᵈ ʷᵉ'ˡˡ ᵒᵖᵉⁿ ᵘᵖ ᵒᵘʳ ᵒʷⁿ ʳᵉˢᵗᵃᵘʳᵃⁿᵗ ᵗᵒᵍᵉᵗʰᵉʳ ᵃᶠᵗᵉʳ ᵍʳᵃᵈᵘᵃᵗⁱⁿᵍ!" ᴴᵉ ᵗᵒᵒᵏ ᵃⁿᵒᵗʰᵉʳ ˢⁱᵖ ᵒᶠ ᵗʰᵉ ʷᵃᵗᵉʳ ᵃˢ ᴹˢ‧ ᴷʳᵃᵇˢ ᶜᵃᵐᵉ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ ᵃᵍᵃⁱⁿ‧ "ᵀⁱᵐᵉ ᶠᵒʳ ᵇᵉᵈ! ᴸᵉᵗ'ˢ ᵍᵉᵗ ˢᵒᵐᵉ ᵍᵃᵘᶻᵉ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ ⁱⁿ ʸᵒᵘʳ ᵐᵒᵘᵗʰ‧" ᴹˢ‧ ᴷʳᵃᵇˢ ᶠˡᵘᶠᶠᵉᵈ ᵖⁱˡˡᵒʷˢ ᵗᵒ ᵖʳᵒᵖ ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ ᵘᵖ‧ "ᴱᵘᵍᵉⁿᵉ ᵐᵃᵏᵉ ˢᵘʳᵉ ʰᵉ ˢᵗᵃʸˢ ᵒⁿ ʰⁱˢ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ‧‧" "ʸᵉˢ⸴ ᵐᵘᵐ‧‧" "ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ ᵐⁱᵍʰᵗ ᶠᵉᵉˡ ᵐᵒʳᵉ ᵒᶠ ᵖᵃⁱⁿ ᵗᵒᵐᵒʳʳᵒʷ⸴ ᵇᵘᵗ ʷᵉ'ᵛᵉ ⁱᶜᵉ ⁱᶠ ⁿᵉᵉᵈᵉᵈ‧" ᴹˢ‧ ᴷʳᵃᵇˢ ˡᵉᶠᵗ ᵗʰᵉ ʳᵒᵒᵐ‧ "ᴴᵒᵖᵉ ᵒˡᵈ ᵐᵃⁿ ᴶᵉⁿᵏⁱⁿˢ ʷⁱˡˡ ˡⁱᵏᵉ ᵒᵘʳ ʰᵃᵐᵇᵉʳᵈᵉʳ ᵃᶠᵗᵉʳ ᴵ ᵍᵉᵗ ᵇᵉᵗᵗᵉʳ⸴ ᶜᵃⁿ ˡᵉᵗ ʰⁱᵐ ᵗʳʸ ⁱᵗ‧ ᴮᵘᵗ ᵍᵒᵒᵈ ⁿⁱᵍʰᵗ ᴱᵘᵍᵉⁿᵉ‧‧" "ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ ⁿᵒ ᵐᵃᵗᵗᵉʳ ʷʰᵃᵗ ʰᵃᵖᵖᵉⁿˢ ᴵ'ˡˡ ᵇᵉ ᵇʸ ʸᵒᵘʳ ˢⁱᵈᵉ‧" "ᴬⁿᵈ ᴵ ʸᵒᵘ‧‧‧" ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ ˢᵃʸˢ⸴ ʷᵒʳᵈˢ ⁱᵐᵐᵉᵈⁱᵃᵗᵉˡʸ ᵗᵘʳⁿᵉᵈ ⁱⁿ ᵗᵒ ˢⁿᵒʳⁱⁿᵍ ᵃˢ ʰᵉ ᶠᵃˡˡˢ ᵃˢˡᵉᵉᵖ‧‧ 𝒘𝒐𝒓𝒅 𝒄𝒐𝒖𝒏𝒕: 𝟗𝟑𝟎

🍦ིྀ

now there's more room for wisdom orphan_account Summary: jisung gets his wisdom teeth out or nct dream can't get over how cute jisung is as the dentist inserts the iv and tells him to relax, jisung can’t help but think that 7:00am is way too early to have four teeth removed. mark sits in the waiting room of the oral surgeon’s office in silence, fingers clasped tight as the receptionist takes another call and the clock hits 7:45am. mark’s head shoots up as a door opens and a lady in scrubs walks through, asking if he’s here for park jisung. he answers yes and is brought through a sterile smelling hallway to a tiny room labeled recovery. the minute mark walks in, he finds a sight worth gold. there, on a weird little cot, sits jisung, eyes drowsy and mouth stuffed with gauze. mark’s chest squeezes and he feels like he could sqeal. jisung looks so incredibly vulnerable and small and he just wants to scoop the kid up in his arms and protect him. he also knows that the minute he brings jisung back to the dream dorm, the other boys are gonna feel the same. the situation is all light hearted until jisung’s eyes roll back into his head and a nurse catches the boy’s arm and pats it, telling him he needs to stay awake. mark’s breath hitches and it takes a moment, but jisung peels his eyes open, only for them to fall closed again a second later. anxiety begins to pool in mark’s chest as another nurse brings in the oral surgeon who takes one look at jisung’s lolling head and decides to give the boy epinephrine. mark watches, seated in a small chair beside jisung’s cot for almost an hour, as his youngest group member is held in seated position and attached to an iv. when jisung is finally coherent enough to sit up (per the nurses’ commands), he begins to whine. mark watches with a small smile as his drugged-out-of-his-mind little brother begins a slurred argument with a nurse. “why can’t i lay down?” jisung asks, glaring as best he can with eyes half-lidded. “because you have to stay awake,” the nurse replies calmly while checking the iv. “why? “because you need to be awake to get to the car” “can i lay down now?” “no, you aren’t awake enough yet. you need to stay awake” “yeah i am. i’m super awake,” jisung says with eyes closed. mark giggles and clenches his fists as his fingers twitch, aching to reach for his phone so he could take a video. the sign on the door however, prohibits the use of camera and video taking in the recovery room, plus mark doubts jisung would appreciate it if this was all caught on tape. eventually though, jisung is awake enough to get to the car with a little help and they head to the dream dorms. when mark opens the door to the dream dorm, it becomes clear to him that the dreamies have been waiting for them. everyone’s reactions are different, albeit priceless—donghyuk and jeno begin cooing, renjun’s eyes soften and gain a disgustingly fond gleam, and chenle and jaemin seem to be torn between crying and squealing. jisung looks at them all, eyes unfocused and cheeks puffy, before promptly declaring his desire to lay down. they all move off the couches and station jisung on one of them, helping settle his head onto a pillow before wrapping him in blankets. jisung, still under the after-effects of anaesthesia (regardless of the dose of epinephrine) is out like a light bulb. jisung wakes up to pain. or rather, pain makes jisung wake up. his mouth hurts really bad, jisung thinks blearily. he tries to speak, but there's gauze in his mouth and it aches and he can’t really feel his lips or his chin. how can something hurt but not be felt at the same time , he wonders. it sort of makes him want to cry. so he does. jisung cries and pats at his chin, growing increasingly distressed as he continues but doesn’t feel anything other than pain, he’s really confused and things hurt and he’s hungry and it hurts. suddenly footsteps are pounding and the lamp in the living room is flicked on and it’s too bright. the light forces jisung to squint his eyes and oh god that hurts too. “mark! mark! where are jisung’s pain meds?” and oh, thats renjun! and things are sort of better now because renjun’s here and renjun is gently carding a hand through his hair and renjun gives good cuddles! “aw, jisungie, our baby,” renjun cooes (jisung is a little too out of it at this point to take notice of how uncharacteristic renjun’s behavior is), wiping at jisung’s tears and gently prying his mouth open to remove gauze. rustling in a far corner of the living room is mark, hair mussed with sleep but eyes wide awake, reading the instructions on the bottle of painkillers. “mark is getting some pain killers for you right now bub, you’ll feel better soon,” renjun says softly. time sorta passes wobbly for jisung, but it seems like a while before mark comes into his line of sight with a bowl of soup and a bottle of water. jisung never thought that he might find eating hard, but here he is, struggling to keep soup in his mouth. he’s so tired and he aches and he just wants his face to stop hurting, so the next time the soup in his mouth dribbles down onto his shirt, his eyes tear up out of frustration—the only thing jisung hates more than being babied when he is capable of doing things, is being unable to do things at all. renjun and mark (who have been patiently watching jisung attempt to eat soup and sip water) wipe his tears and remove the bowl, patting him with reassuring hands all the while. jisung takes the pain meds, trying his very best in spite of the numbness in his face to not spill water down his front, and falls back asleep to the sound of renjun and mark talking quietly in the eerie light of lamp. Category: Gen Fandoms: NCT (Band)NCT Dream Relationship: Park Jisung (NCT) & Everyone Language:English Stats:Published:2018-11-08

the smut on here is so bad like who is making teacher x student 😨 anyways free Palestine !!( ˶ˆᗜˆ˵ )

🏳️‍🌈😢💏 😳

Sedation Today, physicians have many ways to make sure their patıents are as comfortable as possible during surgery or procedures for diagnosing medical conditions. One common type of pain control is called sedation, which relaxes you and sometimes makes you fall asleep. Sedation, also known as monitored anesthesia care, conscious sedation, or twilight sedation, typically is used for minor surgeries or for shorter, less complex procedures, when an injection of local anesthetic isn’t sufficient but deeper general anesthesia isn’t necessary. Depending on the procedure, the level of sedation may range from minimal (you’ll feel drowsy but able to talk) to deep (you probably won’t remember the procedure). What are the levels of sedation? The level of sedation a patient experiences depends on several factors, including the type of procedure you’re having and how your body responds to anesthesia. Your age, medical condition, and health habits may also affect the type of anesthesia you’ll receive. Regardless of the level of sedation, it’s important that an anesthesiologist be involved in your anesthesia care. An anesthesiologist is a medical doctor who specializes in anesthesia, paın management, and critical care medicine. That can happen if you are sedated to a point where you are confused or fall asleep and snore. For some procedures, you may receive medication that makes you sleepy and keeps you from feeling pain. There are different levels of sedation — some patients are drowsy, but they are awake and can talk; others fall asleep and don’t remember the procedure. The main levels of sedation are: Minimal – Minimal sedation will help you relax, but you will likely be awake. You’ll understand questions your doctor is asking and be able to answer as well as follow directions. This level of sedation is typically used when your doctor needs you to be involved in the procedure. Moderate – You will feel drowsy and may even fall asleep during the procedure. You may or may not remember some of the procedure. Deep – You won’t actually be unconscious, but you’ll sleep through the procedure and probably will have little or no memory of it. How does general anesthesia work? Under general anesthesia, you will be unconscious and unaware of what is happening. General anesthesia keeps you unconscious during the entire procedure. General anesthesia causes you to lose consciousness. General anesthesia is medicine that is administered by an anesthesiologist, a medical doctor, through a mask or an IV placed in the vein. While the anesthesia is working, you will be unconscious, and many of your body’s functions will slow down or need help to work effectively. During surgery, the anesthesiologist will monitor your vital signs to make sure they are normal and steady while you remain unconscious and free of paın. Once your surgery is complete, your anesthesiologist will reverse the medication and be with you as you return to consciousness and wake up, continually monitoring your breathing, circulation, and oxygen levels. It may take a day or two for the anesthesia medication to completely leave your system, so you could be sleepy, and your reflexes and judgment can be affected by Postoperative delirium – Confusion when regaining consciousness after surgery.

Three broad categories of anesthesia exist: General anesthesia suppresses central nervous system activity and results in unconsciousness and total lack of sensation, using either injected or inhaled dr*gs. General anesthesia (as opposed to sedation or regional anesthesia) has three main goals: lack of movement (paralƴsıs), unconsciousness, and blunting of the stress response. Sedation suppresses the central nervous system to a lesser degree, inhibiting both anxıety and creation of long-term memories without resulting in unconsciousness. Sedation (also referred to as dissociative anesthesia or twilight anesthesia) creates hypnotic, sedative, anxiolytic, amnesic, anticonvulsant, and centrally produced muscle-relaxing properties. From the perspective of the person giving the sedation, the patıents appear sleepy, relaxed and forgetful, allowing unpleasant procedures to be more easily completed. From the perspective of the subject receiving a sedative, the effect is a feeling of general relaxation, amnesia (loss of memory) and time pass1ng quickly. Regional and local anesthesia block transmission of nerve impulses from a specific part of the bødy. Depending on the situation, this may be used either on it's own (in which case the individual remains fully conscious), or in combination with general anesthesia or sedation. When paın is blocked from a part of the bødy using local anesthetics, it is generally referred to as regional anesthesia. There are many types of regional anesthesia either by ınjectıons into the tissue itself, a vein that feeds the area or around a nerve trunk that supplies sensation to the area. The latter are called nerve blocks and are divided into peripheral or central nerve blocks. Local anesthesia is simple infiltration by the clinician directly onto the region of interest (e.g. numbing a tooth for dental work). Peripheral nerve blocks use dr*gs targeted at peripheral nerves to anesthetize an isolated part of the bødy, such as an entire limb. Neuraxial blockade, mainly epidural and spinal anesthesia, can be performed in the region of the central nervous system itself, suppressing all incoming sensation from nerves supplying the area of the block. Most general anaesthetics are ınduced either intravenously or by inhalation. Anaesthetic agents may be administered by various routes, including inhalation, ınjectıons (intravenously, intramuscular, or subcutaneous) Agent concentration measurement: anaesthetic machines typically have monitors to measure the percentage of inhalational anaesthetic agents used as well as exhalation concentrations. In order to prolong unconsciousness for the duration of surgery, anaesthesia must be maintained. Electroencephalography, entropy monitoring, or other systems may be used to verify the depth of anaesthesia. At the end of surgery, administration of anaesthetic agents is discontinued. Recovery of consciousness occurs when the concentration of anaesthetic in the braın drops below a certain level (this occurs usually within 1 to 30 minutes, mostly depending on the duration of surgery) The duration of action of intravenous induction agents is generally 5 to 10 minutes, after which spontaneous recovery of consciousness will occur. Emergence is the return to baseline physiologic function of all organ systems after the cessation of general anaesthetics. This stage may be accompanied by temporary neurologic phenomena, such as agitated emergence (acute mental confusion), aphasia (impaired production or comprehension of speech), or focal impairment in sensory or motor function.

July 1996 . Twins can be conjoined at the: Abdomen (omphalopagus). Chest (thoracopagus). Top of head down to the belly button, facing each other (cephalopagus). Head only (craniopagus). Pelvis, facing each other (ischiopagus). Pelvis, side-to-side (parapagus). Rump-to-rump (pygopagus). Vertebral column (rachipagus). Generally, parapagus are conjoined at the upper chest. Parapagus, united laterally, always share a conjoined pelvis with one or two sacrums and one symphysis pubis. Dithoracic parapagus is when the two chests are separated, and the fusion is confined to the pelvis and abdomen. Dicephalic parapagus is if there is the union of the entire trunk but not the heads. The heart, liver, and diaphragm are fused, but there is a duplication of the respiratory tract and upper digestive tract; the viscera organs are fused. There are two arms, two legs, and two complete vertebral column and spinal cord. The number of limbs varies from 4 to 7, rarely with four legs. Generally, each lung is present in a separate lung cavity. The fusion of lungs is very rare. The alignment of the conjoined pelvis is diagnostic-one complete pelvic ring, with a single anterior pubic symphysis, and with two laterally fused sacral bones, and predominantly only one rectum. Ischiopagi are united ventrally extending from the umbilicus down to a sizeable conjoined pelvis with two symphyses pubis and two sacrum. Craniopagus can be united at any portion of the skull except at the face and the foramen magnum. Pygopagus varieties are joined dorsally; sharing the sacrococcygeal and perineal regions, sometimes even involving the spinal cord. Rachipagus twins are united dorsally above the sacrum. The union may also include the occiput. The cephalopagus varients are fused from the umbilicus to the top of the head. The pelvis and lower abdomen are usually not fused. Thoracopagus are united face-to-face from the upper thorax down till the umbilicus. Omphalopagus are primarily United at the umbilical region aligned face to face. The pelvis is not united. The pure parapagus is two heads, two hands, two legs, two hearts and two pairs of lungs. Conjoined twins are classified on the basis of the union's site, with the suffix pagus meaning fixed or fastened. The twins can have four (tetrapus), three (tripus), or two (bipus) legs. Cephalopagus: The twins often have a fused thorax in addition to a fused head. The single fused head may have two faces (janiceps) Cephalothoracopagus twinning is characterized by the anterior union of the upper half of the body, with two faces angulated variably on a conjoined head. The anomaly is occasionally known as janiceps, named after the two-faced Roman god Janus. The prognosis is extremely poor because surgical separation is not an option, in that only a single brain and a single heart are present and the gastrointestinal (GI) tracts are fused. Craniopagus: The conjoined twins share the skull, meninges, and venous sinuses Ischiopagus: The twins may lie face to face or end to end Pygopagus: The twins are joined dorsally, sharing the sacrococcygeal and perineal regions Rachipagus: The twins generally have vertebral anomalies and neural tube defects. Thoracopagus: The twins lie face to face and share the sternum, diaphragm, upper abdomen wall, and liver and have an exomphalos

Sedation: Who Provides Anesthesia? Several types of medical professionals are able to provide anesthesia, including: Physicians (anesthesiologists) Nurse anesthetists Dentists/oral surgeons Anesthesiologist assistants The level of training varies between different types of providers, with anesthesiologists having the highest level. If you are receiving nitrous oxide (laughing gas), you will be fitted with a small mask inhale the anesthesia. If intravenous (IV) sedation is used, a needle is placed in the vein to administer the sedative. Regional Anesthesia Regional anesthesia is provided by injecting specific sites with a numbing medication. This may be done with a needle or via a flexible catheter line through which anesthetics and other medications can be administered as needed. With this type of anesthesia, only the body part being operated on is numbed, which means you are awake—that is, sedated, but still conscious—during the procedure. The anesthetic works on the nerves, causing numbness below the injection site. You are monitored throughout your procedure. Your anesthesia provider will continuously monitor your vital signs, including heart rate, blood pressure, and breathing, during your procedure. Local Anesthesia This type of anesthesia is typically used to numb a small site for minor procedures ,a numbing medication is either applied to the skin as a cream or spray, or injected into the area where the procedure will be performed. Monitored Anesthesia Care (MAC) This is a type of sedation commonly referred to as "twilight sleep." It's usually used for outpatient procedures to make you feel sleepy and relaxed. While you may be heavily sedated, this type of anesthesia is different from general anesthesia because you are not chemically paralyzed, nor do you require assistance with breathing. Still, your vital signs are closely monitored to make sure you're stable throughout the procedure. This type of anesthesia wears off in as little as 10 minutes. Depending on the medications used and the doses given, you may or may not remember the procedure. When the surgery is done, other medications can be used to reverse the effect of the anesthesia. You will also be monitored in this recovery phase. After the procedure is complete, the nitrous oxide gas or IV drip is stopped, and you'll be brought slowly out of sedation. They control the level in your body by increasing, decreasing, or eventually stopping the infusion, which wakes you up.

These levels of sedation under anesthesia are defined by the American Society of Anesthesiologists (ASA) and are crucial in determining the appropriate level of sedation for each patient and procedure, ensuring patient safety and comfort throughout the perioperative period. Minimal Sedation: Also known as anxiolysis, minimal sedation involves a drug-induced state during which patients respond normally to verbal commands. Their cognitive function and physical coordination remain unaffected, and there is no compromise in airway reflexes or protective reflexes. This level of sedation is commonly used for procedures requiring minimal discomfort or anxiety relief, such as minor dental procedures or diagnostic tests. Moderate Sedation/Conscious Sedation: Moderate sedation, also referred to as conscious sedation, induces a drug-induced depression of consciousness, during which patients respond purposefully to verbal or light tactile stimulation. While maintaining spontaneous ventilation, patients may experience decreased anxiety and may have impaired cognitive function and physical coordination. However, they retain the ability to maintain their own airway and respond to commands. This level of sedation is commonly used for procedures such as endoscopic examinations, minor surgeries, or interventional radiology procedures. Deep Sedation: Deep sedation involves a drug-induced depression of consciousness, during which patients may not respond purposefully to verbal or tactile stimulation. Patients under deep sedation may require assistance in maintaining their airway, and spontaneous ventilation may be inadequate. However, patients still maintain cardiovascular function. This level of sedation is often used for procedures requiring significant analgesia and amnesia, such as major surgical procedures or certain diagnostic imaging studies. General Anesthesia: General anesthesia involves a drug-induced state during which patients are unarousable, even in the presence of painful stimulation. Patients under general anesthesia require assistance in maintaining their airway and ventilation, and cardiovascular function may be impaired. General anesthesia is characterized by a complete loss of consciousness and protective reflexes, allowing for surgical procedures to be performed without pain or awareness. This level of sedation is utilized for major surgical procedures or invasive diagnostic procedures where unconsciousness and muscle relaxation are necessary. Procedural sedation and analgesia (PSA) is a technique in which a sedating/dissociative medication is given, usually along with an analgesic medication, in order to perform non-surgical procedures on a patient. The overall goal is to induce a decreased level of consciousness while maintaining the patient's ability to breathe on their own. Airway protective reflexes are not compromised by this process

Specific Types and Classes Multiple types are available. Some allow you to be alert and oriented during a medical procedure, while others make sleep so you're unaware of what's going on. It essentially puts you into a medically induced coma. This type of anesthesia not only allows a person to undergo a procedure without pain but also allows the person to be unconscious for the procedure. Some specific types or classes of general anesthesia include: IV anesthetics sedatives- your anesthesiologist will use your IV line to administer into your blood. The medication works quickly and typically puts you to sleep in under a minute. For this reason, its effects can be stopped by stopping the infusion, which will wake you up from it in minutes. Inhalational anesthetics The four clinical stages of general anesthesia include induction, maintenance, emergence, and recovery. Induction can be achieved through administration of either an intravenous or inhalation anesthetic. During the maintenance stage, anesthetic agents, intravenous, inhalation, or a combination, are continued to maintain the surgical stage of anesthesia. The emergence phase correlates to the discontinuation of anesthetic agents with the goal attaining near baseline functionality. Organ systems of focus include the cardiovascular, respiratory, and central nervous systems (CNS). Throughout the procedure, the anesthesiologist will monitor your vital signs, including your heart rate and rhythm, blood pressure, temperature, and body fluid balance, to ensure safety and comfort. The recovery phase is an extension of the emergence stage whereby the goal is to return the patient back to their baseline state of physiological function. While most people will start to regain consciousness within a few minutes, it can take several hours to feel completely alert and coherent again. Patients experiencing delirium or agitation when coming out of anesthesia can also feel hyperactive or experience extreme sluggishness. The researchers believe hyperactivity may result from the microglia intervening too much between the neuron and inhibitory synapses.

The different types of anesthesia are broadly described as: Local anesthesia (agents, either topical or injectable, given to temporarily block paın in a specific part of the bødy) in which the medication only removes sensation from one part of your bødy, but you are not unconscious. Regional anesthesia (injected agents, to numb a portion of the bødy) General anesthesia (an agent, given either by mask or an IV line, to induce unconsciousness) General anesthesia is highly effective in keeping you unaware of your surgical procedure. Monitored anesthesia care (also known as "twilight sleep") It can be given intravenously (IV, by injection into the vein). The medication works quickly and typically puts you to sleep in under a minute. Medicines administered via the bloodstream begin to take effect quickly, often within minutes. Most people feel very relaxed at the start of IV sedation as the medicines begin to take effect. Many people remember the feeling of relaxation and waking up after the procedure is over but nothing in between. There are different levels of IV sedation, and you may or may not be awake during the procedure. Your anesthesia team will adjust your sedation level throughout the procedure. One other type of anesthesia apart from general is called MAC (monitored anesthesia care), where you are kept sleepy and given paın medication but still breathe independently. Anesthesia can provide sedation ranging from slight (relaxed and mildly sleepy) to deep sleep.

3 NOV 2015 General anesthetics and sedatives work by anesthetizing the brain and central nervous system. You may start feeling lightheaded, before becoming unconscious within a minute or so. Once surgery is done and anesthesia medications are stopped, you’ll slowly wake up in the operating room or recovery room. You’ll probably feel groggy and a bit confused. Because of the amnestic effect, you probably will not remember feeling somnolent. When first waking from anesthesia, you may feel confused, drowsy, and foggy. Some people may become confused, disoriented, dizzy or trouble remembering things after surgery. General anesthesia is essentially a medically induced coma. Your doctor administers medication to make you unconsciousness so that you won’t move or feel any pain during the operation.

General anesthesia: A patient who gets general anesthesia is completely unconscious (or "asleep"). They can’t feel any pain, are not aware of the surgery as it happens, and don’t remember anything from when they are “asleep.” General anesthesia involves using many medications to render you unconscious during a surgery. This makes you unaware of things that are happening. It is generally described as melting back into the bed and falling asleep. This means you will have no awareness of the procedure once the anesthesia takes effect, and you won't remember it after. Anesthetics activate memory-loss receptors in the brain, ensuring that patients don't remember. General anesthesia looks more like a coma—a reversible coma. You lose awareness and the ability to feel paın, form memories and move. Then they turn the anesthetics off and allow you to come to. You then begin to pass into a semi-conscious stage to become aware of what is going on. Typically, the period of time when you’re under general anesthesia is a blank. Many patients report that it is a surreal experience—and practically no one remembers anything between when the medication is administered and waking up in the recovery. For general anesthesia, someone may feel groggy and a little confused when waking up after surgery.

ᴸⁱᵗʰᵖ Part 1 ⁽ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᴮᵒᵇ ᶠᵃⁿᶠⁱᶜ⁾ ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ'ˢ ᵃ ᶜᵒᵐᵖᵘᵗᵉʳ‧ ᴰᵉˢᵖⁱᵗᵉ ᵇᵉⁱⁿᵍ ˢᵉⁿᵗⁱᵉⁿᵗ ˢʰᵉ'ˢ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵃⁿ ᵒʳᵍᵃⁿⁱᶜ ᵇᵉⁱⁿᵍ‧ ᔆʰᵉ ᶜᵃⁿ ᶠᵉᵉˡ ʰᵉʳ ᵒʷⁿ ᵉᵐᵒᵗⁱᵒⁿˢ ᵃⁿᵈ ᵖᵉʳˢᵒⁿᵃˡⁱᵗʸ⸴ ᵇᵘᵗ ᵘⁿᵃᵇˡᵉ ᵗᵒ ᵖʳᵒᶜᵉˢˢ ᵗᵒᵘᶜʰ ᵒʳ ᵖʳᵉˢˢᵘʳᵉ ˡⁱᵏᵉ ˡⁱᵛⁱⁿᵍ ᵖᵉᵒᵖˡᵉ‧ ᔆʰᵉ'ˢ ᶜᵃᵖᵃᵇˡᵉ ᵒᶠ 'ˢⁱᵍʰᵗ' ᵃⁿᵈ 'ʰᵉᵃʳⁱⁿᵍ' ᵇᵘᵗ ⁿᵒᵗ ⁱⁿ ᵗʰᵉ ˢᵃᵐᵉ ʷᵃʸ ᵖʳᵒᶜᵉˢˢᵉᵈ‧ ᴬⁿᵈ ˢʰᵉ ᵘⁿᵈᵉʳˢᵗᵃⁿᵈˢ ᵈⁱᵛᵉʳˢⁱᵗʸ‧ ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ᵉˣʰⁱᵇⁱᵗˢ ʰⁱˢ ᵒʷⁿ ᵉᵐᵒᵗⁱᵒⁿˢ ᵃⁿᵈ ˢᵉⁿˢᵉˢ ᵃˡˢᵒ‧ ᴴᵉ'ˢ ᵘⁿⁱᑫᵘᵉ‧ ᔆʰᵉ'ˢ ˡᵉᵃʳⁿᵗ ʰᵒʷ ᵗᵒ ᵈᵉᶜⁱᵖʰᵉʳ ʰⁱˢ ᵒʷⁿ ⁿᵉᵉᵈˢ⸴ ᵇᵉⁱⁿᵍ ʷᵃⁿᵗˢ ᵖʳᵉᶠᵉʳᵉⁿᶜᵉˢ‧ ᴰᵉˢᵖⁱᵗᵉ ᵇᵉⁱⁿᵍ ᵈⁱᶠᶠᵉʳᵉⁿᵗ ʷᵃʸˢ ˢʰᵉ ᵏⁿᵉʷ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ'ˢ ᵈᵉⁿᵗᵃˡ ᵃᵖᵖᵒⁱⁿᵗᵐᵉⁿᵗ ⁿᵒʷ ᵍᵉᵗᵗⁱⁿᵍ ⁱⁿ ˢᵘʳᵍᵉʳʸ ᶠᵒʳ ʳᵉᵃʳ ᵐᵒˢᵗ ᵐᵒˡᵃʳˢ ʳᵉᵐᵒᵛᵉᵈ‧ ᴬⁿᵈ ʰᵉ'ˢ ᵐᵉᵈⁱᶜⁱⁿᵉ ᵗᵒ ˢˡᵉᵉᵖ‧ ᔆⁱⁿᶜᵉ ˢʰᵉ'ˢ ᵃ ᶜᵒᵐᵖᵘᵗᵉʳ⸴ ᵗʰᵉʸ ˡᵉᵗ ʰᵉʳ ˢᵗᵃʸ ᵈᵘʳⁱⁿᵍ ᵗʰᵉ ᵉⁿᵗⁱʳᵉ ᵗⁱᵐᵉ ʷʰⁱˡˢᵗ ⁱⁿ ˢᵘʳᵍᵉʳʸ‧ ᴱᵛᵉⁿ ᵗʰᵒᵘᵍʰ ʰᵉ'ˢ ᵘⁿᵃʳᵒᵘˢᵃᵇˡᵉ ˢʰᵉ ᵐᵃᵈᵉ ˢᵘʳᵉ ᵗᵒ ʰᵒˡᵈ ʰⁱˢ ʰᵃⁿᵈ ᵃˢ ᵗʰᵉʸ ʷᵒʳᵏᵉᵈ‧ ᔆᵒ ⁿᵒʷ⸴ ᶠⁱⁿⁱˢʰⁱⁿᵍ ᵗʰᵉʸ ˢᵗᵒᵖᵖᵉᵈ ᵃᵈᵐⁱⁿⁱˢᵗʳᵃᵗⁱᵒⁿ ᵒᶠ ⁱⁿᵈᵘᶜⁱⁿᵍ ᵃⁿᵃᵉˢᵗʰᵉˢⁱᵃ‧ "ᴰᵒⁿᵉ⸴ ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ‧‧" ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ ˢᵃʸˢ⸴ ʷⁱᵖⁱⁿᵍ ᵘᵖ ˢᵒᵐᵉ ᵈʳᵒᵒˡ‧ "ᴬˡˡ ᶠⁱⁿⁱˢʰᵉᵈ!" ᵀʰᵉʸ ᵖᵘᵗ ᵍᵃᵘᶻᵉ ⁱⁿ ʷʰᵉⁿᶜᵉ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ᵒᵖᵉⁿˢ ʰⁱˢ ᵉʸᵉ‧ ᴬᶠᵗᵉʳ ᵃ ᵐᵒᵐᵉⁿᵗ⸴ ʰᵉ ʳᵉᵃᶜʰᵉˢ ʰⁱˢ ᵃʳᵐˢ ᵒᵘᵗ‧ "ᴴᵉʰ‧‧" ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ˡᵉᵗˢ ʰⁱˢ ᵃʳᵐˢ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ ᵈᵒʷⁿ‧ "ʸᵒᵘ'ʳᵉ ᶠʳᵉᵉ ᵗᵒ ᵍᵒ!" "ᴴᵉʷʷᵒ‽" "ᴴⁱ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ‧" "ʸᵒᵘʳ ᶜᵒᵐᵖᵘᵗᵉʳ ʷⁱᶠᵉ ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ ʷⁱˡˡ ʰᵉˡᵖ ʸᵒᵘ‧" "ᴵ ᵐᵃʷʷⁱᵉᵈ?" "ᴰᵒⁿ'ᵗ ʷᵒʳʳʸ ᵇᵘᵗ ⁱᵗ'ˢ ⁿᵒʳᵐᵃˡ ᶠᵒʳ ᵗᵒ ᵍᵉᵗ ʲᵘᵐᵇˡᵉᵈ ᵘᵖ‧" "ᵀʰᵃⁿᵏ ʸᵒᵘ‧ ᴸᵉᵗ'ˢ ᵍᵒ!" ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ ʰᵉˡᵖˢ ʰᵉʳ ʰᵘˢᵇᵃⁿᵈ ˡᵉᵃⁿ ᵘᵖ‧ "ᵂᵘᶻ?" ᔆʰᵉ'ˢ ᶜᵃʳʳʸⁱⁿᵍ ʰⁱᵐ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ ᵗᵒ ᵗʰᵉⁱʳ ᵖˡᵃᶜᵉ‧ ᴴᵉ ᵏᵉᵖᵗ ᵃˡᵐᵒˢᵗ ᶠᵃˡˡⁱⁿᵍ ᵃˢˡᵉᵉᵖ ᵃˢ ˢʰᵉ ʰᵉˡᵈ ʰⁱᵐ‧ "ᴵ ᵗʰᵉᵉ ʸᵒᵘ; ᴵ ᵗʰᵉᵉ ᶜᵒˡᵒᵘʳˢ!" ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ ᵏⁿᵉʷ ʰᵉ'ᵈ ⁿᵉᵛᵉʳ ᵃᶜᵗ ˡⁱᵏᵉ ʰᵉ'ˢ ʳⁱᵍʰᵗ ⁿᵒʷ⸴ ˢᵗⁱˡˡ ᶜᵒᵐⁱⁿᵍ ᵒᵘᵗ ᵒᶠ ᵃⁿᵃᵉˢᵗʰᵉˢⁱᵃ‧ "ᵀʳʸ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵗᵃˡᵏⁱⁿᵍ ᵗᵒ ᵐᵘᶜʰ ʸᵒᵘ ʷⁱˡˡ ᶠᵉᵉˡ ʷᵒʳˢᵉ ⁱⁿ ʸᵒᵘʳ ʲᵃʷ⸴ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵗᵒ ᵐᵉⁿᵗⁱᵒⁿ ʰᵒʷ ᵉᵐᵇᵃʳʳᵃˢˢᵉᵈ ʸᵒᵘ‧‧‧" "ᴵ ʷᵒʳᵗʰ ⁱⁿ ᵐʸ ᵗʰᵃʷ?" "ᴰᵉⁿᵗⁱˢᵗˢ ᵖᵉʳᶠᵒʳᵐᵉᵈ ᵃ ᵖʳᵒᶜᵉᵈᵘʳᵉ ᶠᵒʳ ʸᵒᵘʳ ᵗᵉᵉᵗʰⁱᵉˢ ʷⁱᵗʰ ʸᵒᵘʳ ᵐᵒᵘᵗʰ ʰᵒⁿ‧‧" "ᶠᵉᵉˡ ⁿᵘᶠᶠⁱⁿ’ ʷⁱᶠᶠ ᵐʸ ᵐᵒᵘᶠ‧‧‧" ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ˢᵃʸˢ‧ ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ'ˢ ʰᵃⁿᵈˢ ᶜᵒᵛᵉʳᵉᵈ ⁱⁿ ᵍˡᵒᵇˢ ᵒᶠ ᵈʳᵒᵒˡ ⁿᵒᵗ ˢᵗᵒᵖᵖⁱⁿᵍ‧ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ᵏᵉᵖᵗ ᵒⁿ ᵗʳʸⁱⁿᵍ ᵗᵒ ᶜˡᵃᵖ ᵃⁿᵈ ᵐᵃᵏᵉ ⁿᵒⁱˢᵉ⸴ ᵇᵘᵇᵇˡʸ ᵃⁿᵈ ᵍⁱᵍᵍˡⁱⁿᵍ‧ ᴬʳʳⁱᵛⁱⁿᵍ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ⸴ ˢʰᵉ ᶠᵉᵈ ʰⁱᵐ ˢᵒᵐᵉ ⁱᶜᵉ ᶜʳᵉᵃᵐ ᵃᶠᵗᵉʳ ʳᵉᵐᵒᵛⁱⁿᵍ ᵃˡˡ ᵗʰᵉ ᵍᵃᵘᶻᵉ‧ ᔆᵘᵈᵈᵉⁿˡʸ ᵃ ᵖᵉʳˢᵒⁿ'ˢ ᵃᵗ ᵗʰᵉ ᵈᵒᵒʳ‧ "ᴵ'ˡˡ ᵍᵉᵗ ⁱᵗ‧" ᔆᵃⁿᵈʸ ᵃⁿᵈ ᴴᵃⁿⁿᵃ⸴ ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ'ˢ ᵇᵉˢᵗ ᶠʳⁱᵉⁿᵈˢ⸴ ᵈᵉᶜⁱᵈᵉᵈ ᵗᵒ ˢᵗᵒᵖ ᵇʸ ᵘⁿᵃⁿⁿᵒᵘⁿᶜᵉᵈ‧ "ᴵˢ ⁿᵒʷ ᵃ ᵇᵃᵈ ᵗⁱᵐᵉ‧‧‧" "ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ‽" ᵀʰᵉʸ ᵇᵒᵗʰ ᶠᵒˡˡᵒʷ ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ ᵗᵒ ᵗʰᵉ ᵇᵉᵈ ʳᵒᵒᵐ ᵗᵒ ˢᵉᵉ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ᶠⁱⁿⁱˢʰᵉᵈ ⁱᶜᵉ ᶜʳᵉᵃᵐ ᵃⁿᵈ ˢᵗⁱˡˡ ˢⁱᵗᵗⁱⁿᵍ ᵘᵖ‧ "ᴾʷᵉᵃˢᵉ ᵒʰ⸴ ᴵ ᶠᵒᵘᵍʰᵗ ʸᵒᵘ ˡᵉᶠᵗ ᵐᵉ!" ᴴᵉ ˢᵃʸˢ‧ "ᴵ'ᵐ ᵃᶠʳᵃⁱᵈ ᵗᵒ ᵃˢᵏ‧‧" "ᴵ ᵈᵒⁿ'ᵗ ᵗʰⁱⁿᵏ ᴵ'ᵛᵉ ᵐᵉᵗ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ᵖᵉʳˢᵒⁿᵃˡˡʸ ʸᵉᵗ ᵇᵘᵗ‧‧‧" "ᴵ'ᵐ ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ'ˢ ʰᵘˢᵇᵃⁿᵈ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ! ᔆʰᵉ ˢᵃʸˢ ᴵ'ᵐ ᵐᵃʷʷⁱᵉᵈ!" "ᵂⁱˢᵈᵒᵐ ᵗᵒᵒᵗʰ ʳᵉᵐᵒᵛᵃˡ‧" ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ ᵉˣᵖˡᵃⁱⁿˢ‧ "ᴵ ʰᵃᵇ ᵗᵉᵉᵗʰⁱᵉˢ? ᵂʰᵉʷᵉ ᵈᵉⁿᵗⁱˢᵗ?" "ᔆᵒ ʰᵉ'ˢ ˢᵗⁱˡˡ ᵈᵉᶠⁱⁿⁱᵗᵉˡʸ ᵒᵘᵗ ᵒᶠ ⁱᵗ⸴ ᴵ ᶜᵃⁿ ᵗᵉˡˡ‧‧" ᔆᵃⁿᵈʸ ˢᵃʸˢ‧ "ʸᵒᵘ ᵗʰᵉᵉ⸴ ᶜᵃᵐᵉ ᵗᵒ ᵗʰᵉᵉ ᵐᵉ? ᴵ ʷᵘᵛ ʸᵒᵘ ᵃˡˡ⸴ ˢᵒ ᵐᵘᶜʰ!" "ᴵᵗ'ˢ ᵍᵉᵗᵗⁱⁿᵍ ˡᵃᵗᵉ ᵃⁿᵈ ᴵ ᵇᵉˡⁱᵉᵛᵉ ᵒʳᵍᵃⁿⁱᶜ ᵇᵉⁱⁿᵍˢ ᵐᵘˢᵗ ᵍᵉᵗ ʳᵉˢᵗ‧‧" ᴴᵃⁿⁿᵃ ˢᵃʸˢ⸴ ᵖᵃᵗᵗⁱⁿᵍ ʰⁱᵐ ᵒⁿ ʰⁱˢ ˢʰᵒᵘˡᵈᵉʳ⸴ ˢᵉᵉᵐⁱⁿᵍˡʸ ˢᵗᵃʳᵗˡⁱⁿᵍ ʰⁱᵐ‧ "ᔆᵒʳʳʸ!" "ᴵᵗ'ˢ ⁿᵒᵗ ʸᵒᵘʳ ᶠᵃᵘˡᵗ ᴴᵃⁿⁿᵃ⸴ ʰᵉ'ˢ ˢᵉⁿˢⁱᵗⁱᵛᵉ ᵗᵒ ᵗᵒᵘᶜʰ ᵉᵛᵉⁿ ᵗʰᵒᵘᵍʰ ʰᵉ ˢᵃʷ ʸᵒᵘ ᶜᵒᵐⁱⁿᵍ‧ ᴴᵒʷ ᵈᵒ ʸᵒᵘ ᶠᵉᵉˡ?" "ᵀⁱʷᵉᵈ‧‧‧" ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ ᵗᵘᶜᵏˢ ʰⁱᵐ ⁱⁿ ʰⁱˢ ᵇᵉᵈ ⁱⁿ ᵗʰᵉ ʳᵒᵒᵐ ᵗʰᵉʸ ˢʰᵃʳᵉᵈ⸴ ʷⁱˢʰⁱⁿᵍ ᶠᵒʳ ʰⁱᵐ ᵗᵒ ⁿᵃᵖ ᵇᵉᶠᵒʳᵉ ᶜᵒⁿˢⁱᵈᵉʳⁱⁿᵍ ʳᵉᵖˡᵃᶜⁱⁿᵍ ᵍᵃᵘᶻᵉ ᵃᵍᵃⁱⁿ‧ ᔆᵘʳᵉ ᵉⁿᵒᵘᵍʰ⸴ ʰᵉ'ˢ ᶠᵃˡˡᵉⁿ ᵃˢˡᵉᵉᵖ⸴ ᵐᵒᵘᵗʰ ʰᵃⁿᵍⁱⁿᵍ ᵒᵖᵉⁿ ᵃˢ ʰᵉ ᵈʳᵒᵒˡˢ/ˢⁿᵒʳᵉˢ‧ ᴵᵗ'ˢ ˡᵃᵗᵉ⸴ ˢᵒ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ᵐⁱᵍʰᵗ ˢˡᵉᵉᵖ ᵗʰʳᵒᵘᵍʰ ᵗᵒ ᵐᵒʳⁿⁱⁿᵍ‧ ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ'ᵈ ᶠⁱᵍᵘʳᵉ ʰᵉ ᵐⁱᵍʰᵗ ᶠᵉᵉˡ ᶠʳᵘˢᵗʳᵃᵗᵉᵈ ⁱᶠ ᶜᵒⁿᶠᵘˢᵉᵈ ᵃⁿᵈ ᵖᵃⁱⁿᵉᵈ‧ "ᴵ ᵍᵘᵉˢˢ ʷᵉ'ˡˡ ᵍᵒ ⁿᵒʷ‧ ᴮʸᵉ!" ᵀʰᵉʸ ˡᵉᶠᵗ ᵗʰᵉ ᶜʰᵘᵐ ᵇᵘᶜᵏᵉᵗ‧ ᵀʰᵉ ⁿᵉˣᵗ ᵈᵃʸ⸴ ʰᵉ ʷᵃᵏᵉˢ ᵘᵖ ʷⁱᵗʰ ᵃᶜʰᵉᵈ ˢᵒʳᵉⁿᵉˢˢ ʷⁱᵗʰ ᵈʳᵒᵒˡ‧ 'ᵂʰᵉʳᵉ ᵃᵐ ᴵ?' ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ᵏⁿᵉʷ ʰᵉ ʷᵉⁿᵗ ᵗᵒ ᵍᵉᵗ ʷⁱˢᵈᵒᵐ ᵗᵉᵉᵗʰ ᵗᵃᵏᵉⁿ ᵒᵘᵗ⸴ ᵃⁿᵈ ʳᵉᶜᵒᵍⁿⁱˢᵉᵈ ᵗʰᵉ ᵇᵉᵈ ʳᵒᵒᵐ ʰᵉ'ˢ ˢʰᵃʳᵉᵈ ʷⁱᵗʰ ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ‧ 'ᵂʰᵃᵗ ⁱˢ ᵍᵒⁱⁿᵍ ᵒⁿ?' "ᴼʷ‧" 'ᴬʰ ᵐʸ ᵍᵘᵐˢ‧ ᴳᵃʰ! ᵂʰᵃᵗ ʰᵃᵖᵖᵉⁿᵉᵈ?' "ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ?" ᔆʰᵉ ᶜᵃᵐᵉ ᵗᵒ ʰⁱᵐ‧ ᵀʰᵉ ᵐᵉᵈⁱᶜⁱⁿᵉ'ˢ ʷᵒʳⁿ ᵒᶠᶠ ᵇʸ ⁿᵒʷ‧ ᴼⁿˡʸ ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ ᵏⁿᵉʷ ʰᵉ'ˢ ᵗᵒ ᵍᵉᵗ ᵗʰᵉ ᵖʳᵒᶜᵉᵈᵘʳᵉ ᵈᵒⁿᵉ⸴ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵒᵗʰᵉʳˢ‧ "ʸᵒᵘ ʰᵘⁿᵍʳʸ ᶠᵒʳ ᵃⁿʸ ˢᵒᶠᵗ ᶠᵒᵒᵈ?" "ᴵᶜᵉ ᶜʷᵉᵃᵐ⸴ ᵇᵘ’ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵗᵒ ʰᵘⁿᵍʷʸ ᶠᵒʷ ᵃ ᵐᵉᵃˡ ʸᵉᵗ‧" 'ᵀᵒ ᵖᵃⁱⁿᶠᵘˡ ᶠᵒʳ ᵐᵉ ᵗᵒ ᵗᵃˡᵏ ⁿᵒʳᵐᵃˡˡʸ ᵃⁿᵈ ᴵ ˢᵒᵘⁿᵈ ˡⁱᵏᵉ ᵃ ᵗᵒᵈᵈˡᵉʳ!' "ᴵ ᵐᵉᵐᵇᵉʳ ˢᵉᵉⁱⁿᵍ ᵗʰᵉ ᵈᵉⁿᵗⁱˢᵗ‧‧" "ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ ⁱᵗ'ˢ ᶠⁱⁿᵉ⸴ ᵃⁿᵈ ⁱᶜᵉ ᶜʳᵉᵃᵐ ʸᵒᵘ ᵃᵗᵉ ʸᵉˢᵗᵉʳᵈᵃʸ‧" ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ˢⁱᵍʰˢ‧ 'ᴰⁱᵈ ᴵ ᵇⁱᵗᵉ ᵐʸ ᵗᵒⁿᵍᵘᵉ?' "ᔆᵒ ʷʰᵃᵗ ᵈᵒ ʸᵒᵘ ʳᵉᶜᵃˡˡ?" "ᴳᵒⁱⁿᵍ ⁱⁿ ᵗʰᵉ ˢᵘʳᵍᵉʳʸ⸴ ʰᵒˡᵈⁱⁿᵍ ʸᵒᵘʷ ʰᵃⁿᵈ ᵇ'ᶠᵒʳᵉ ᵃⁿᵈ ᵃˢ ᴵ ʷᵒᵏᵉ ᵃᶠᵗᵉʳ‧ ᴵ ᶠⁱⁿᵏ ʸᵒᵘ ᶜᵃʳʳⁱᵉᵈ ᵐᵉ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ ᵗᵒ ᵗʰᵉ ᶜʰᵘᵐ ᵇᵘᶜᵏᵉᵗ ᵗᵒ ᵗʰᵉ ʳᵒᵒᵐ?" 'ᔆᵒ ʰᵉ ⁱˢ ⁿᵒᵗ ˢˡᵘʳʳⁱⁿᵍ ʰⁱˢ ʷᵒʳᵈˢ ᵃˢ ᵐᵘᶜʰ ᵃˢ ʸᵉˢᵗᵉʳᵈᵃʸ' ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ ʳᵉᵃˡⁱˢᵉᵈ⸴ ʷⁱᵖⁱⁿᵍ ᵈʳᵒᵒˡ‧ "ᴵ ᵈᵒⁿ'ᵗ ᵏⁿᵒʷ ʷʰᵃᵗ ᵉˡˢᵉ‧" "ᵂᵉ ᶜᵃᵐᵉ ˢᵗʳᵃⁱᵍʰᵗ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ ʷⁱᵗʰᵒᵘᵗ ʳᵘⁿⁿⁱⁿᵍ ⁱⁿ ᵗᵒ ᵃⁿʸ ᵖᵉᵒᵖˡᵉ ʸᵒᵘ ᵖᵉʳˢᵒⁿᵃˡˡʸ ᵏⁿᵒʷ‧" "ᴳᵒᵒᵈ‧" ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ ᵒᵐⁱᵗᵗᵉᵈ ᴴᵃⁿⁿᵃ ᵃⁿᵈ ᔆᵃⁿᵈʸ; ˡᵘᶜᵏⁱˡʸ ʰᵉ ˢᵉᵉᵐˢ ᵗᵒ ʰᵃᵛᵉ ᶠᵒʳᵍᵒᵗᵗᵉⁿ‧ "ᴬᵐ ᴵ ᵈʳᵒᵒˡⁱⁿᵍ‽" 'ʸᵉˢ‧' "ᴺᵒᵗ ᵇᵃᵈ‧‧" 'ʸᵉˢ ˢᵒ ᵐᵘᶜʰ‧' ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ ʷⁱᵖᵉˢ ⁱᵗ‧ "ᵂʰᵃᵗ ˢᵒᵘⁿᵈˢ ᵍᵒᵒᵈ ᵗᵒ ʸᵒᵘ ʳⁱᵍʰᵗ ⁿᵒʷ?" ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ ᵃˢᵏˢ‧ "ᴳᵒⁱⁿᵍ ᵗᵒ ˢʷᵉᵉᵖ‧‧" "ᴵ ˢᵉᵉ‧ ᵀᵃᵏᵉ ᵃˡˡ ᵗʰᵉ ᵗⁱᵐᵉ ʸᵒᵘ ⁿᵉᵉᵈ‧‧" "ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ ᴵ⸴ ᵗʰᵃⁿᵏ ʸᵒᵘ‧ ᴵ ᵐᵉᵃⁿ ⁱᵗ‧" "ᴶᵘˢᵗ ᵏⁿᵒʷ ᴵ ˡᵒᵛᵉ ʸᵒᵘ‧" "ᔆᵒ ᵈᵒ ᴵ‧‧" ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ʷᵉⁿᵗ ᵗᵒ ˢˡᵉᵉᵖ‧ to be cont. Pt. Two

🌸⋆ ˚｡🎀⋆୨🍨୧˚

૮꒰˶• ༝ •˶꒱ა ~♡︎ /づ🍨づ

/\___/\ ꒰ ˶• ༝ - ˶꒱ ./づ~🍨

‎‧₊˚✧🍓🍰🐄🥛✧˚₊‧

੭ ( ) ( ) \\\|||/// \\||// \|/

🍨🐾🍮🍴 ←。• '' coolio foodi emojis ‼️ ,, °

⸝⸝ . ݁ ⊹ ꒷꒦ . 🍦ᵎᵎ .𖥔 ݁ ˖

₊˚⊹♡🍦🌙

⢭⡙⡜⢢⠓⡜⢢⠓⡼⢰⠡⢎⠴⡁⢎⡔⢣⠒⡌⠲⡐⢆⠲⡈⠤⢃⠆⡹⣝⢮⡽⣍⢯⡽⡹⢮⡝⢧⣏⠷⣫⠽⣭⣻⣭⣯⣽⣭⣻⡝⣎⠷⣙⢮⠳⣭⢳⣙⣎⣳⢹⣌⢳⡿⣏⢿⡹⢯⡝⣯⠽⣭⢯⡽⣭⢯⡽⣭⢯⡽⣭⢯⡽⢭⣏⡽⣣⢯⡝⡾⢭⡳⣭⢏⠷⣿ ⣆⠳⣌⠣⡙⣌⠣⣙⠰⢣⠙⡌⢆⡉⠦⡘⠤⣩⠰⢡⠉⢆⠓⡌⢆⠇⡎⡙⠚⢦⢓⣎⠳⣼⠹⢧⣹⣣⢎⣿⣱⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣞⣯⣷⣿⣾⣿⣷⣯⣶⣜⢦⠳⣬⢋⣿⡭⣗⡻⣭⣛⡞⣯⢳⣏⢾⡱⣏⢾⡱⣏⢶⡹⢶⡹⡳⢮⡕⣏⢮⡽⣩⢷⣙⠶⣫⣛⣿ ⣎⠱⣂⠧⡱⢌⡑⢢⠓⡬⢘⡸⠠⠜⣠⠑⡜⡠⢑⠢⡉⢆⠩⠔⡊⡔⢃⡇⠀⠀⠡⠈⠧⣣⣛⡜⣶⣽⣾⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣽⣻⣭⡉⠈⣷⡻⡼⣝⢧⣛⢾⡱⣏⡞⣧⢻⡜⣧⢻⡜⣧⢏⣳⡙⢧⡳⣹⢜⣣⢞⡵⢎⣭⢳⣣⠭⣿ ⣎⠱⣌⢒⡱⢊⠬⡑⡸⢠⠃⡔⢣⠱⣀⠧⡘⢄⡃⢆⠱⡈⢆⡑⠢⢅⡃⡇⠄⠂⢁⠂⢒⢠⣼⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣮⡻⣶⣟⢷⡹⣎⢷⡹⣎⢷⡹⣞⡱⣏⢾⡱⣏⡞⢶⣙⢦⣛⡥⣛⢵⣪⢓⡾⡸⣍⠶⣣⢧⣛⣿ ⢆⠳⣈⠦⡑⡩⢢⠱⠡⢆⢩⠰⣁⠒⡄⢆⡉⢆⡘⠤⢁⠒⠤⡈⢅⠂⡇⡇⠈⣀⠶⢾⢚⡛⣭⣽⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣽⣿⣽⣟⣿⣿⣿⣿⣾⡿⣷⣝⢮⡳⣝⢮⡳⡝⣶⡹⢎⡷⡹⣖⡹⡞⣜⡲⢥⡳⣍⠶⣩⢞⣱⣽⣼⠷⣱⢳⢺⣿ ⢎⡑⠦⡑⢬⠁⠧⣡⢋⠌⠦⡑⢄⠣⢌⠰⡈⠔⣈⠆⡡⢊⠔⠡⢂⠡⣏⢷⢞⣽⣻⣾⣷⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣯⣿⣿⣿⣾⣿⣿⣿⣿⣻⣿⣿⣿⣿⣮⡳⣍⠾⣱⣛⡴⡹⣭⠶⣙⢮⠵⣛⣬⣓⣏⣶⣭⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⡝⢮⡍⣿⣿ ⠦⡑⠆⣍⢢⠙⡒⠴⡈⡜⣡⠘⡄⠣⢌⠢⠱⡘⠤⢊⠱⢠⢊⣱⠜⡋⢴⣫⣾⣿⣿⠿⠿⣟⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣟⣿⣟⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣼⢷⠳⣜⡼⣱⢎⣳⣭⣾⣷⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣚⠧⣝⣺⣿ ⠣⡅⡋⠔⡨⢡⠍⢢⠑⣐⠢⡑⢌⠒⢌⢂⠓⡌⠱⣈⠑⡂⠆⣿⣿⣞⣿⣿⠟⣩⢖⣶⣽⣾⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⡿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣾⡻⣿⣼⣾⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⡹⣎⢵⣺⣿ ⡓⢤⡉⠆⡥⢃⠜⡠⢉⠄⢣⠘⡄⢊⠔⣈⠒⡌⠡⢄⠣⢘⡐⣿⣿⠟⢋⡤⣾⣽⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣻⣾⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⠳⣭⢺⣼⣿ ⡃⢦⠑⡸⢠⠃⡜⢠⠃⡜⢠⠃⡜⢠⠊⣄⠣⢌⡑⢂⠱⢀⢢⣿⣦⣼⡶⣟⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⡷⢿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣹⢒⡧⣺⣿ ⡑⠆⣍⠰⡁⢎⠰⡁⠜⡠⢁⠎⠄⡃⢌⠰⢈⠢⠐⡌⢐⡈⢼⣿⣿⢿⣽⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⠿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣻⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣟⢦⡻⣔⣻⣿ ⡅⡃⢆⠱⡈⢆⠱⡈⢆⠱⡈⠜⡐⠨⡐⠌⢂⠅⢣⠐⣂⠰⣼⣿⣯⢿⣿⣿⡿⠟⢩⣔⣬⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣟⡲⢇⣏⣿⣿ ⢆⡑⡊⠔⡱⣈⠦⠑⡌⢆⠱⡈⠔⠡⡐⢌⠢⡘⢄⠃⡔⠠⣿⣿⣟⣯⣿⣡⣰⣬⣷⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⡯⣕⠯⣎⣿⣿ ⢆⡱⠌⡑⡒⢄⢊⠱⡈⠆⠱⡈⢌⠡⡐⢈⠆⢡⠊⡰⠈⢴⣿⣿⣾⣿⣟⣿⢿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣟⣬⠳⣭⣿⣿ ⢆⠢⡑⢢⠑⡌⢂⠱⠠⢉⠂⢅⢂⠂⡅⠢⢘⠠⢂⠡⠈⣼⣿⢷⡿⣷⣻⣽⣯⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⡿⣽⣻⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣽⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣏⢶⡛⡴⣿⣿ ⢎⠱⡈⢆⠱⣈⠢⠁⠎⢠⠉⢄⠊⡰⢀⠣⠌⡐⠈⠄⠡⣾⣿⣟⣿⣽⢯⣷⣻⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣽⡳⢯⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⡿⣿⢯⣟⣾⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⡟⣦⢫⠵⣿⣿ ⠎⡰⢁⠊⡔⢠⠁⠎⣈⠂⡌⠄⢂⠁⠆⡠⠑⢠⠉⠄⡁⣿⡿⣾⢿⣽⣯⡷⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⡿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣳⢟⡽⣳⢯⡿⣽⡻⢯⡷⢯⣻⡝⣯⢞⣳⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⡟⡦⣏⢽⣿⣿ ⢊⠄⠣⠌⡐⢠⠉⡐⠠⠒⢈⠐⡈⠌⡐⠠⢁⠂⡐⠠⢼⣿⣟⣿⣻⣟⡾⣽⣻⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⢯⡿⣽⣻⣽⣻⣽⣻⢷⣯⣛⣮⢳⣏⣯⣗⡯⡽⣯⣝⡻⣖⢯⡳⣏⢷⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣯⢕⠮⣽⣿⣿ ⡁⠎⣁⠢⢁⠆⢌⠰⢁⠊⠔⢂⠐⠠⢀⢁⠂⢂⠄⠡⣾⣟⣯⣷⣟⣯⢿⡽⣯⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣟⣯⢿⣽⣳⢯⡷⣯⢿⡽⣶⢻⡜⣧⢻⢶⣻⣼⣳⡗⡾⣵⢻⣎⢷⣫⢟⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣯⡭⠛⠻⠿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⡷⣎⠻⣼⣿⣿ ⠅⡂⢄⠂⠡⢈⠂⠔⡈⢌⡐⠈⠤⠁⠂⠄⡈⠄⡈⣰⣿⣟⣷⣻⡾⣽⢯⡿⣽⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣞⡻⢶⣏⡿⣵⢯⣟⠷⣯⢻⡜⣧⢋⡾⣵⣣⢟⡾⣵⢫⡟⣼⢣⣯⢻⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣏⢿⡔⠂⣀⠀⠉⠙⠿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⡟⣜⢧⢻⣿⣿ ⡅⠂⠆⡈⢂⠡⢈⠐⡀⠂⠄⡁⢂⠡⢈⠐⡀⢂⣰⢿⣻⢾⣽⣳⡿⣽⢯⡿⣽⣧⢿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⢾⡹⣗⢮⡽⣞⣟⣾⣻⢮⣗⡻⣜⢧⣿⢷⡝⣮⡝⣮⢳⡝⣮⢗⡮⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣟⣿⣻⠟⣚⣿⣷⣿⣿⠛⠀⡀⠀⠀⠙⠿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⡏⡞⣎⢿⣿⣿ ⠆⡩⠐⠄⡃⡐⢂⠐⠠⢁⠂⡐⢁⠂⡰⠀⢌⣴⡯⣻⣟⡿⣾⣽⣻⡽⣯⣟⣿⡚⣾⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣯⣗⡟⣮⣳⢻⡼⣳⢯⣿⢿⣷⣿⣾⢯⣳⣽⡲⣝⢮⣳⡝⣮⣛⣼⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣯⠀⠈⣾⣿⣿⣿⡯⢭⠽⢧⡼⡊⠁⠀⠀⠈⠙⠿⣿⣿⡽⣸⢥⣻⣿⣿ ⢂⠁⢊⡐⠠⣁⠂⢌⠁⢢⠐⣀⠢⠐⡀⣸⢯⡟⡴⣿⣽⣻⢷⣯⢷⣻⢷⣟⠡⢞⡹⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣾⡽⣣⢯⣟⣳⣯⣿⣻⣿⣻⣿⣻⣿⣿⣷⣿⣿⢳⢧⣛⡶⣽⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⡿⣿⡽⢧⠀⠸⣿⢧⡶⢴⢶⡯⡈⠒⣤⡀⣫⠁⡐⠀⢀⠈⢿⣳⡕⡮⣽⣿⣿ ⣠⣘⣠⡀⣥⣠⣌⣤⡘⢀⠂⢄⠠⠁⡴⣏⡿⣾⣽⣳⣯⣟⡿⣞⣯⣿⣿⣏⡝⢦⡱⢩⢽⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣷⣻⣜⡳⢿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⡻⣜⢯⡞⣵⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⡏⡿⣿⣽⢫⠆⢀⡟⠓⠛⠓⠊⣚⣷⣽⣦⣘⡭⢓⣲⣬⣻⢆⢌⣗⢮⡓⣿⣿⡿ ⣽⣿⣍⢡⣭⣽⢿⣯⡀⢂⠘⢄⣢⢿⣹⣾⣿⣮⣿⣷⣿⡾⣿⣽⣿⣮⣿⣯⢞⡥⣛⡔⣎⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣮⡽⣣⢟⡼⣯⢿⣽⣯⣟⡧⣏⢷⡹⢮⣽⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⢷⣻⡷⣽⣳⣯⣟⣠⢦⠀⡂⢔⣬⣳⢟⡮⣋⠴⡬⠟⢫⣿⣵⣻⠟⣌⡺⣧⡛⣿⣿⡿ ⣯⣿⣿⠆⣿⡏⢯⣿⠟⣾⣽⢯⣝⡾⣽⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⢿⣿⣿⣏⢾⣱⣾⡻⣽⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣷⣯⢾⡹⣝⢯⣳⢻⣜⡳⡭⣞⣭⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣻⣿⣻⣽⣻⣿⣿⣿⣿⣶⣿⠨⣕⡾⣵⢯⣋⠖⣭⡚⢥⢊⣿⣯⢷⢳⣿⣷⣜⢳⡝⣿⣿⣿ ⠻⠟⠋⠄⢻⣁⡾⣃⠹⢋⣹⣺⡾⣽⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣟⢿⣾⣿⣻⣎⣿⢶⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣷⣿⣮⣳⣭⣳⣎⣷⡿⣽⣻⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣞⣿⣯⣷⣯⣿⣿⢿⣻⣟⣯⣇⣾⢷⡻⣽⢣⡞⣽⢣⡝⣎⢾⣿⣽⣣⢽⣿⣾⣿⢫⢿⣿⣿⣯ ⢀⢃⢉⠂⣉⡞⠔⣠⢏⡶⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⢫⡙⢷⣮⢿⣿⣾⣟⣯⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣾⣿⣿⣿⣿⣻⣽⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⢿⡿⣽⣞⡿⣽⣞⡷⣽⢫⡾⣽⢳⣏⣞⡳⣏⣜⣮⣿⣷⣻⢮⣻⣿⣿⡞⢬⣟⣿⣿⣟ ⢀⠊⣀⢂⡟⢨⡴⣗⢯⣟⣿⣿⡿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣭⠳⣽⣷⣿⣿⣷⣿⣟⣾⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣾⢿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⡿⣟⡿⢯⣟⡾⣯⢿⣳⢯⣟⡷⣽⢾⣝⣯⢟⡵⣻⣜⢧⡳⢾⡼⣿⣷⢿⡽⣳⣿⣿⣯⡟⡾⢫⣿⣿⣯ ⢀⠒⢀⡞⣯⡟⣵⣛⣾⣽⢫⠽⡼⣬⣾⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⡿⣘⢯⣻⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⢿⣿⣾⣿⢿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣷⣻⢿⣿⣿⣟⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣟⣿⢻⣳⣽⢯⣟⣿⡽⣿⣻⢯⡟⣯⢾⣽⢻⡾⣹⠾⣝⡺⣵⣻⠾⣽⢯⣿⡿⣯⢿⣝⣧⣿⣿⣯⣟⡬⢹⣿⣿⡷ ⠠⢈⡼⣹⢧⡟⣷⢯⡿⣥⢋⣾⣵⣿⣟⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣯⡒⢿⣿⣿⣿⣿⡿⣯⣷⣿⡿⣿⣟⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣽⣯⣟⡿⣿⣿⣟⣿⣻⣋⣱⡿⣾⣟⡿⣯⢿⣻⣽⡻⣗⣯⢿⣹⢯⣟⣞⣯⡽⢯⡟⣼⣳⢟⣞⡿⣹⣞⣿⡽⣯⣟⡾⣞⣿⣿⣞⣧⢏⡽⣿⣿⣟ ⡹⣎⡷⣯⢿⡽⣯⣟⣳⣽⣻⣿⣾⡿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣽⣿⣿⢿⡿⣟⣿⣬⣿⣿⣿⣟⣿⣟⣯⣷⣿⣟⡿⣟⣿⡿⣿⣿⣿⣷⢿⣞⡿⣽⣻⣿⣯⢷⣟⣯⣟⡷⣯⢿⡽⣯⢷⣫⣽⣛⡾⣏⣯⢷⣞⣳⢾⣹⡟⣾⢳⢯⡟⣾⣹⠷⣿⡿⣽⣳⢯⣿⣿⣿⢷⣻⢮⡳⢆⣿⣿⣯ ⣽⣽⣻⣽⣿⣻⣿⣼⣽⣾⢿⣷⣿⣿⣿⣿⣽⣾⣿⣿⣯⣞⡿⠿⠿⠿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣯⣿⣻⣽⡾⣿⣽⢿⣯⣿⢿⣟⣷⣿⣿⢯⣿⣳⢿⣯⣟⣯⣙⣿⢾⡽⣯⢷⣻⡽⣾⡽⣫⣟⢿⣛⣾⣛⠾⣝⣯⢳⡻⣭⢟⣳⣛⢷⢯⣿⣿⣿⡷⣯⣿⣿⣿⣟⣯⢿⣽⡹⢆⣿⣿⣞ ⣿⢾⣷⢿⣽⣿⣽⡿⣯⣿⣿⣿⣽⣿⣷⣿⣿⣿⣯⣿⣭⣛⡻⢿⠿⠟⢚⣿⣿⣿⣷⡿⣽⣻⣽⣷⣻⣟⣾⡽⣿⣻⣯⣿⣾⡿⣷⣻⢿⣿⣛⣾⣻⣝⣯⢿⣭⡟⣷⣻⣿⣿⡵⣞⣯⣛⡶⣭⢟⡽⣎⢷⣫⢗⣯⢳⣛⣮⢟⣾⣿⣿⣽⣿⣿⣿⣟⣾⣽⣻⢮⣝⣎⢸⡻⢯ ⣿⡿⣯⣿⣿⣾⣟⣿⣿⣟⣷⣿⣿⣾⣟⣿⣾⣿⢿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣟⣿⣿⡾⣟⣿⢯⣷⢿⣽⣞⣯⢿⣳⡿⣽⡷⣿⣟⣿⣻⣯⣿⣻⣼⣳⣛⡾⣧⢷⣛⡷⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣮⡽⣞⡵⢯⣞⣭⢷⣫⣞⢾⣹⡝⣮⣿⣿⣿⣾⣟⣷⡿⣟⣾⣳⢯⣯⣋⣞⢦⢳⣹⡚ ⣿⣿⣟⣿⣾⣟⣿⣿⣽⣿⣿⣿⣾⣿⢿⣿⣽⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⡾⠋⢀⢽⣿⣽⣿⣻⣟⣯⣿⣳⣯⣟⣯⡷⣟⣯⣿⡽⣯⡿⣟⣾⢯⣷⣳⢯⡷⢯⣳⣏⡾⡽⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣟⣷⡝⣞⢧⣻⠼⣧⢷⡺⣝⡮⣝⣳⣿⣿⣿⣟⣾⣟⡿⣽⢾⣽⣻⣾⣟⣞⡳⠎⣽⠸ ⣿⣯⣿⣿⣽⣿⢿⣾⣿⢿⣷⣿⣿⢿⣿⣿⣻⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣻⣯⢏⡁⠤⢄⢸⡿⣞⣷⣯⢿⣳⣯⢷⣻⣞⣷⣻⡽⣞⣷⣻⢿⣽⣻⢯⣟⡾⣝⣷⡻⣏⡷⣞⣳⣟⣿⣿⣿⢿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣽⣎⢷⡻⣵⢫⢷⡹⣞⣭⣿⣿⣿⣿⣽⣳⢯⣟⣽⣻⣾⣟⣷⣻⢮⣟⡵⣏⠳ ⣿⣟⣷⣿⣯⣿⡿⣿⣾⣿⣿⣟⣿⣿⣿⣽⣿⣯⣻⣿⣿⣿⣿⣷⣯⠬⠏⠅⠀⣿⣟⡷⣯⣟⡿⣞⣯⢷⣻⣞⣷⣻⡽⣾⣹⡟⣾⡽⣯⢿⣽⣛⣮⡽⣏⡷⣽⢲⣻⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⡿⢟⣿⣎⠷⣭⣛⢮⡳⣝⣾⣿⣿⡿⣞⡷⣭⣟⣾⣯⣿⣟⡾⣷⢯⡷⢯⡖⢩⣝ ⣿⣿⣻⣽⡿⣷⣿⣿⣟⣿⣾⣿⣿⣻⣽⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⢿⣓⣀⡲⢀⢻⣾⣽⣳⢯⡿⣽⣞⣯⢷⣻⢞⣳⣻⡵⣛⣾⢳⣻⡽⣞⢷⡻⡾⣵⡻⣜⢧⡟⣽⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⡿⣟⣻⢳⢎⡟⡶⣭⡳⣝⣾⣿⣿⣿⡽⣯⣽⣳⣿⣽⣾⢿⣽⣻⣭⢷⣻⣻⡜⣹⣾ ⣿⣿⢿⣻⣿⣿⣽⣾⣿⢿⣻⣯⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⡿⠋⠣⠉⠌⡉⠉⡛⢛⠛⠿⣞⡷⣯⢿⣽⣳⣟⡾⢯⡽⢯⣳⢷⡻⣽⣚⢯⠷⣝⡯⢯⣽⣳⢯⣗⡻⢮⣝⣿⣿⣿⣿⡾⢿⣭⢻⡜⣧⣛⢮⡝⣶⢣⡟⣮⣿⣿⣿⣯⣟⣷⣯⣿⣯⣿⢯⣿⣞⡷⣯⣟⣳⡽⣮⡝⣿ ⣿⣿⣿⢿⣷⡿⣟⣯⣿⣿⡿⣿⣽⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⠟⠑⠂⠀⢀⠢⢐⠂⡀⠄⠃⠀⢻⡽⣯⣟⣾⢳⡽⣞⣯⢟⣯⡽⢾⣝⣧⢯⢯⡻⣝⢾⣛⡶⢯⣳⢯⣝⡳⣎⣿⡿⣟⣭⣛⠷⣎⢷⡹⣖⡽⢎⡷⣎⢷⣹⢿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⢿⣿⣽⢾⣻⢾⣽⣛⡷⣯⢷⣻⡕⡆⣿ ⣿⣿⣾⣿⡿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣽⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⠟⠉⠁⠀⠠⢈⡂⠒⠀⠂⠀⠄⡀⠀⠸⣟⣷⣻⣞⣯⢟⣾⡱⣟⣮⡽⣛⡾⣼⢫⡷⣻⡝⣾⡹⣞⢯⡳⣏⡾⣱⢏⡞⡷⣝⢦⢯⡝⣮⢳⡝⣶⡹⣏⢾⡹⢮⡽⣻⣾⣿⣿⣯⣷⣿⣻⣾⡽⣯⣟⡿⣾⣽⣻⡽⣯⢷⣫⠵⣿ ⣿⡿⣷⣿⣿⣿⣟⣾⣿⣿⣿⡿⣿⡿⠛⠁⠀⣤⡂⡈⠅⠂⢀⢁⠢⠀⠡⠠⠐⡀⠀⢻⣞⡷⣟⣾⣻⢾⣽⡳⢮⣗⢯⣳⢽⣫⠷⣧⣛⡶⡽⢮⡳⣏⢷⡹⢧⡻⣜⡳⣝⢮⡳⣝⢮⡳⣽⢲⡻⣼⢳⣏⡷⣽⣻⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣯⣿⣽⡷⣯⣷⢿⡽⣯⢷⣫⣿ ⣿⣿⣿⢿⣾⣟⣿⣿⣿⣻⣷⢟⠉⠀⢀⠐⠂⠀⡐⠈⠁⢒⠠⠆⠂⢍⠈⠄⠐⠀⠀⠌⣯⣟⢿⣳⣯⢿⡾⣽⣟⡾⣏⣞⢧⣏⡟⡶⣽⢺⡝⣧⢻⡜⣧⣛⢧⡻⣜⡳⣝⢮⡳⣝⢮⡳⣭⢳⡝⣮⠷⣾⡹⣷⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣽⣟⣖⣿ ⠿⠿⠽⠿⠛⢛⡛⠃⡉⢁⣠⠀⡂⠑⡂⠌⢠⡑⠀⠌⡉⠐⠠⠄⠩⢀⠀⠀⢀⠀⠈⠄⠸⣟⣞⡻⣽⢯⡿⣷⢯⣿⣻⣽⣟⣮⣽⡳⣭⡳⣝⢮⢷⡹⠶⣭⠶⣹⢲⡝⣮⢳⡝⣮⢳⡝⣮⢳⡝⣧⢟⣳⣟⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣽⣯⣟⣯⡿⣟⣿⣻⣽⣟⣯⢿⡻⠋⣿ ⢒⠌⠴⡀⢍⠒⡄⠢⡐⠄⢆⡱⠈⠃⠌⢌⠄⢀⡀⠢⠩⠁⣁⡀⠀⠂⠀⢂⡀⠀⠀⠀⠐⢝⢾⣳⢏⡿⣽⢯⣿⣳⡿⣽⣾⣟⣿⣿⣷⣿⣼⣫⢞⡽⣛⢶⡹⣣⢏⡾⣱⢏⡾⣱⢏⡾⣱⢏⣞⣧⣿⣳⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⡾⣽⢯⡿⣽⢯⣟⡷⣯⣟⣻⠇⠀⢻ ⢌⡞⡔⣊⣆⠩⢄⠃⢐⠊⡀⡐⢉⠁⢂⠄⡂⠒⠠⡄⠄⠡⠀⠠⠄⠡⠁⠂⠈⠀⢀⠀⠈⠀⣸⣿⣿⣾⣧⣟⣾⣳⣟⡿⣞⣯⣿⣽⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣾⣝⣎⢷⣙⢮⡵⣫⢞⣵⢫⣞⣷⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⢯⣟⣯⣿⣽⣻⡽⣯⣟⡾⣽⣳⢯⡿⠂⠰⠄ ⢢⡘⠬⣀⠐⡒⠢⠬⢄⠆⠥⠐⢊⠑⠒⠠⠠⠁⠂⡀⠈⠄⠂⠁⠀⠀⠀⠀⠂⠀⠁⠀⡀⢀⣿⣿⣿⣿⣽⣿⣷⣿⣾⡽⣿⢯⣿⣻⣾⢿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣼⣣⣟⡵⣿⢾⡿⣟⣿⣻⣽⣻⣽⢯⣟⡿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣿⣯⡿⣾⣻⡷⣟⡷⣯⣟⣷⣻⣟⠇⣂⠒⠀

💗🫶🏻✨🍦

>ᴗ<🍦

ᡣ𐭩 ☻ *ੈ✩‧₊˚ 🍪 ˙✧˖° ⋆｡˚

https://pubs.asahq.org/anesthesiology/article/96/5/1250/40049/An-Unexplained-DeathHannah-Greener-and-Chloroform

AUGUST 21, 2016 Consciousness is a spectrum. It ranges from being fully awake to lightly sedated (calm but remembering most things) to deep sedation (seldom remembering anything) and finally general anaesthesia. The depth of anaesthesia can be tailored according to the nature of the procedure. This reduced state of consciousness is brought on and maintained by delivering drvgs to your body either with volatile gasses which you breathe in and/or through a drip into your veins. While you are under anaesthesia your vital signs are constantly monitored to make sure you are ‘asleep’ and not feeling any paın. There is continuous monitoring of the electrical activity in your heart, the amount of oxygen in your bľood, your pulse rate and bľood pressure. Sometimes a device is used to monitor your brain waves while ‘asleep’, giving the doctor more detailed information about your level of unconsciousness. You can experience confusion as you “wake up” after the procedure. The drvgs used to put you into an unconscious state can take some time to wear off, even as you become more awake after the procedure. After your surgery is completed the anaesthetist reduces the dose of medications keeping you ‘asleep’ so that you gradually wake up. It may take 1 to 2 days to fully regain all your thinking abilities. It produces a feeling of relaxation and even giddiness. Some people describe feeling a tingling sensation while inhaling nitrous oxide. At end of surgery, you will awake to a tap on your shoulder and a gentle voice saying something like: “Hi, can you open your eyes?”

•ᴗ•

General anaesthesia is a state of controlled unconsciousness. During a general anaesthetic, medicines are used to send you to sleep, so you're unaware of surgery and do not move or feel pain while it's carried out. General anaesthesia is used for surgical procedures where it's safer or more comfortable for you to be unconscious. It's usually used for long operations or those that would otherwise be very painful. Just before you have surgery, you'll usually be taken to a room where your anaesthetist will give you the general anaesthetic. It will either be given as a: liquid that's injected into your veins through a cannula (a thin, plastic tube that feeds into a vein, usually on the back of your hand) gas that you breathe in through a mask The anaesthetic should take effect very quickly. The anaesthetist will stay with you throughout the procedure. They'll make sure you continue to receive the anaesthetic and that you stay in a controlled state of unconsciousness. They'll also give you painkilling medicine into your veins, so that you're comfortable when you wake up. Recovery After your operation, the anaesthetist will stop the anaesthetic and you'll gradually wake up. You'll usually be in a recovery room at first, before being transferred to a ward. General anaesthetics can affect your memory, concentration and reflexes for a day or two, so it's important for a responsible adult to stay with you for at least 24 hours after your operation, if you're allowed to go home.

r/shortscarystories 3 yr. ago deontistic Unnatural Birth ᵀᵂ ᶜᵘᵗˢ There was no other way, and there was no one else. The grotesque swell to the belly, the unnatural writhing, my indescribable pain—I was panicked, but I knew it was up to me. I had to do it. No one else seemed to have the spine to offer anything more than assistance. Clinically . . . I had to think clinically. And I had to move fast, had to take the kn*fe and cut—yet I had to be careful not to cut too deep. To cut too deep would mean certain disaster, wouldn’t it. I had to šhut everything down; I had to šhut off the lights in all my rooms except the one where I would cut. I had to ignore my paın . . . exit the moment . . . had to proceed. I took the kn*fe and placed its blxde on the belly, then I pressed and dragged—not too hãrd, but firm. The layers cut more easily than I’d imagined, and my incision was true. Still, no time to waste . . . had to keep moving. I pulled back the layers and reached deep into the belly. He was right there, my chıld, my soñ . . . I held him in my hands inside the belly, then I pulled him through the viscera, the muscle, the skın. I held him in my arms, covered in blood as he was, eyès half øpened staring at nothing. Of course he was đeađ, just as they’d said he’d be. I held him . . . and I wailed . . . and wailed . . . I hated . . . I hated my husband for making us come to the Amazon with him, hated myself for not refusing to come. I hated that I’d look͘ed̛ away, even though it’d only been for the slightest of moments. And though the beast hadn’t acted out of malevolence as my heart told me it surely must’ve, but only out of its instinct to survive . . . I hated the anaconda, too. My boy, my little James . . . he was just two . . .

Sedation. It's medicine that helps the person relax or fall asleep. It may be used with other medicine to reduce pain. If you’re being sedated, the staff will monitor your vital signs while you’re under anesthesia. You may also be given nitrous oxide that you inhale through a mask. That will help you relax but won’t necessarily put you to sleep. Next, you might be given a sedative intravenously, which will put you into a sleeplike state. They can also inject local anesthesia to numb the areas. With IV sedation, your care team gives you sedation medication intravenously (through an IV). You will be very relaxed and unaware of the procedure and unable to remember it. Your vital signs will be monitored during IV sedation. You will be sleepy for a significant portion of the day. General anesthesia brings on a sleep-like state with the use of a combination of medicines. The medicines, known as anesthetics, are given before and during surgery or other medical procedures. General anesthesia usually uses a combination of intravenous medicines and inhaled gasses. Once surgery is done and anesthesia medications are stopped, you’ll slowly wake up in the operating room or recovery room. You’ll probably feel groggy and a bit confused. General anesthesia. It affects the entire body and makes the person unconscious. The person is completely unaware of what is going on and does not feel pain from the surgery or procedure. General anesthesia is essentially a medically induced coma. Your doctor administers medication to make you unconsciousness so that you won’t move or feel any paın during the operation. You'll start feeling lightheaded, before becoming unconscious within a minute or so. You'll feel as though you're asleep. But general anesthesia does more than put you to sleep. You don't feel pain when you're under general anesthesia. This is because your brain doesn't respond to signals or reflexes. Someone from the anesthesia care team monitors you while you sleep. You'll slowly wake either in the operating room or the recovery room. You'll probably feel groggy and a little confused when you first awaken. When first waking from anesthesia, you may feel confused, drowsy, and foggy. You may feel dizzy when you first stand up. Some people may become confused, disoriented, or have trouble remembering things after surgery. This disorientation can come and go, but it usually goes away after about a week. General anesthesia is generally a combination of intravenous (IV) medications and gases that are used to put you in a deep sleep. You are unaware of the procedure and will not feel anything. Your vital signs will be monitored during general anesthesia.

These may include nitrous oxide (laughing gas) inhaled, an intravenous (IV) line in, oral medications like Valium or Halcion (for anxiety) or a combination, along with anesthesia to numb the pain. Regardless of which type of anesthesia you’re given, you should feel relaxed and pain-free, with limited to no memory of the procedure. If you’re given general anesthesia, you’ll lose consciousness altogether. A surgical team will closely monitor your pulse, respiration, blood pressure, and fluids.

givesmehope: I met a 16 year old genius who was in medical school, studying to be a pediatric neurosurgeon. He put every dollar he made at his job into a retirement fund. Why? He wanted to be able to retire at age 30, so that he could spend the rest of his life performing brain surgeries for free. His philanthropy GMH. Mar 5 2010

ᴡᴀʀɴɪɴɢs: ┃ ┃ ɴᴇᴇᴅʟᴇs, ʙʟᴏᴏᴅ "You okay?" Karen's voice was a gentle caress in the cold antiseptic room. Plankton nodded, his eye tightly shut. The nurse had told him it would be quick, that he'd be under before he knew it, but that didn't stop his heart from thudding like a bass drum. He took a deep breath, trying to ignore the cold hands fussing over him, the tightening of the blood pressure cuff around his arm. "Count backward from ten," the anesthesiologist's voice was calm and steady, as if he did this a thousand times a day. Plankton obliged, his voice quivering on each number. "Ten... nine... eight..." The world grew fuzzy around the edges, the cold metal of the bed beneath him feeling like it was sinking. "Seven... six... five..." His body grew heavier, each breath more difficult to draw in. Karen squeezed his hand tightly, her eyes brimming with tears she refused to let fall. The doctor's face grew distant, his voice a distant echo. With a final exhale, the room faded to black. Plankton was now adrift in a sea of oblivion, his bødy relaxed and weightless. 🦷🦷🦷🦷 The surgical team waited a moment, watching the monitors. The anesthesiologist then nodded to the surgeon, who carefully lifted Plankton's eyelid, revealing a sti̕ll, unseeing eye, then shining a light to his pupil before closing his eyelid again. He then took a reflex hammer and tapped gently on Plankton's knee. No reaction. The nurse noted the time. "He's under," she murmured. They went through the checklist, ensuring his bødy was completely relaxed, his reflexes gone. The surgeon smiled at Karen, who had been watching anxiously from her seat. "Everything's going to be okay," he assured her. She nodded. Karen watched, as Plankton's fac͘e remained peaceful, his breathing steady under the influence of the anesthesia. The surgery began with a whir of instruments. Plankton's mouth was propped open, a rubber dam holding back his tóngue. The surgeon leaned in, peering into the cavern of his møuth, a flashlight illuminating the pearly white teeth and the troublesome wisdom teeth that had been causing him so much pain. He selected a tool, a kind of plier-like instrument, and with a gentle but firm touch, began to probe at the first tooth. Karen's stߋmach clenched as she saw the surgeon's hand move with precision, applying just enough pressure to loosen the tooth. She tried to focus on her breathing, willing her heart to slow down. The room was filled with the faint smell of antiseptic and the metallic scent of dental instruments. Plankton's face remained serene, his chest rising and falling steadily as he lay unaware of the work being performed on him. The first tooth came out with a sudden pop, making Karen flinch. The nurse quickly handed over a small metal tray, catching the tooth as it was extracted. The surgeon worked with a methodical calm, moving on to the next one without pause. Karen squeezed her eyes shut for a moment, only to open them again as she heard the sound of Plankton's snoring, the kind that only came when he was in a deep sleep. It was strange, comforting even, to know that his bødy was oblivious to the paın that had been plaguing him for weeks. The second wisdom tooth proved to be more stubborn. The surgeon muttered something to his assistant, who nodded and handed him a different tool. Karen's grip on Plankton's hand tightened, her knucklєѕ white with tension. She could feel the sweat beading on his palm despite the coolness of the room. The surgeon's expression grew more focused, his movements more deliberate as he worked to free the tooth from its bony prıson. The tension in the room was almost palpable. The only sounds were the muffled beeps of the heart monitor and the slight sucking noıse as the surgeon worked in Plankton's møuth. Karen's eyes darted around the surgery, taking in the gleaming tools, the blue-green light of the overhead lamp, the masked faces of the medical staff. The nurse noticed her distress and offered a reassuring smile, but it did little to ease her mind. She wanted to scream, to tell them to be careful, but she knew better than to disturb the surgery. With a grunt of effort, the surgeon finally managed to loosen the second tooth. Karen could feel Plankton's hand spasm in hers, a reflexive response that had her heart racing. But his face remained serene, his snores unchanged. She watched as the tooth was lifted out, a tiny drop of b!ood escaping from the gum. It was placed on the tray with its twin, two small, sharp reminders of the paın he had endured. The surgeon moved to the third tooth, his movements now more practiced, more confident. The extraction of the third tooth was swift, almost anticlimactic. The fourth, however, was a different story. It was impacted, buried deep in the bone, and the surgeon's expression grew taut as he attempted to coax it out. Karen could feel the tension in the room, the air thick with it. The whirring of the drill was a steady background noise, punctuated by the occasional spurt of water and the smell of bone dust. Plankton's chest continued to rise and fall evenly. The surgeon leaned in closer, his brow furrowed with concentration. Karen watched as beads of sweat formed on his forehead, despite the coolness of the surgıcal suite. The nurse stood by, ready with gauze and more tools. Plankton's face was a mask of peace, his møuth a dısturbıng contrast of serenity and the tug of war taking place within. With a final, firm pull, the fourth tooth gave way, accompanied by a sound that made Karen's stߋmach churn. It was a wet, final release, and the nurse swiftly handed over the tray to catch the tooth. The surgeon wiped the b!ood with a quick, efficient motion, revealing the gaping hole where the tooth once had been. The surgical assistant suctioned the b!ood, the sound echoing in the quiet room. Plankton's bødy jerked slightly, but he remained asleep, lost in the depths of the anesthesia. Karen couldn't help but think about the paın Plankton must have felt before this moment. The constant, throbbing ache that had kept him up at night, the swollen jaw that had made eating a chore. Now, it was over, or at least the worst part was. The surgeon nodded to the nurse, who began to prepare the stitches that would close the wounds. The needle glinted in the harsh light, a stark contrast to Plankton's slack, unfeeling features. The surgical team moved efficiently, their movements choreographed by years of experience. They stitched and cleaned, ensuring that everything was perfect before they allowed him to wake. Karen felt a strange mix of relief and fear. Relief that the ordeal was almost over, fear of the paın that would come once the anesthesia wore off. As the surgeon finished his work, he nodded to the anesthesiologist. "He's all set. We're going to start bringing him out of it now." Karen watched as the anesthetic was turned down. The nurse wiped his face with a damp cloth, gently cleaning the b!ood and saliva. Karen spoke to him in a soothing voice, "Plankton, you're almost done. Time to wake up." Plankton's eyelid fluttered, his hand still in Karen's tight grasp. His eye opened slowly, unfocused at first, then gradually finding her face. He blinked several times, his gaze uncomprehending. The nurse smiled at him, "You did great."

Plankton found himself in a sticky situation. In his haste, he collided with a submerged rock, and with a painful snap, one of his antennae broke dangling in half. His computer wife Karen took him to a clinic. The receptionist, a kind octopus named Tentacla, took his information and assured Dr. Dolittlefish would see him shortly. "Plankton?" Dr. Dolittlefish called out, his voice echoing through the room. Plankton walked in, Karen trailing behind. The doctor examined the fractured antenna. Plankton winced, feeling a sharp pain as the doctor prods it gently. Dr. Dolittlefish chuckled, "We'll need to perform a repair, and for that, you'll need a touch of anesthesia. It'll make you feel like you're floating on a cloud.." Plankton's one good antenna perked up with interest. "A magical elixir that will put you into a state of deep relaxation," Dr. Dolittlefish explained, his eyes twinkling behind his spectacles. "You'll be completely unaware of the surgery. We give you a little dose to make you drowsy. It's like sinking into a warm, bubble bath after a long day of plotting. Trust me, you'll wake up with a fixed antenna and no memories of the procedure. It's like a nap that'll keep you unconscious and pain-free throughout the operation. It's tailored for each patient, so you'll only get what you need." Turning to Karen, who had been quietly observing the exchange, the doctor said, "Karen, if you have any concerns, feel free to ask. Your husband's safety is my top priority. I'll be sure to take into account." Karen sighed, her circuits whirring as she searched for the right words. "Well, Plankton has always had trouble with deep sleep. He's a bit of a light sleeper, you see. Even the slightest disturbance and he's up for the day. It's hard for him to get to sleep." The doctor nodded, scribbling more notes. "I see," he said thoughtfully. "That does add a layer of complexity to the anesthesia. We'll need to be precise with the dosage to ensure he remains asleep throughout the surgery without any complications. We'll use the lightest touch possible and administer the anesthesia in a way that minimizes discomfort." Dr. Dolittlefish turned to Plankton. "Now, when you wake up, it'll be like coming out of a delightful dream. You'll feel a bit groggy, like you've just emerged from a particularly long nap. You might be a tad disoriented, but that's perfectly normal. Your body will be feeling the effects of the medication wearing off, so it's crucial that you rest for a while in our recovery area." Plankton's eye searched Karen', looking for reassurance. She nodded firmly, gripping his tiny hand. "You'll be okay, Plankton. I'll be right here." The doctor nodded. "Karen, you can accompany him into the surgery room. But remember, you'll have to go and stay outside once the actual procedure begins." The next day, Plankton and Karen returned to the clinic, feeling a mix of anxiety and hope. The lobby was filled with various sea creatures, all waiting for their appointments with their own assortment of woes and ailments. "Come on, Plankton," Karen urged, her voice steady. "You've got this." Dr. Dolittlefish took his place at the head of the operating table, a serious look on his face. "Alright, Plankton," he said, his voice steady, "It's time for the anesthesia. This might feel a bit strange, but remember, it's just like drifting off to sleep." With a flick of his fin, he administered the first dose through a small tube connected to a bubble filled with the sedative. The bubble popped, and Plankton felt a warm sensation spread through his body. It started in his toes and traveled up to his antennae, making them feel weightless. His eye grew heavier, and he couldn't help but let out a sigh. The room began to spin gently, the sounds around him becoming muffled, like the distant hum of a lullaby sung by the ocean currents. He felt himself sinking into the chair, the cushions seemingly made of the softest sea foam. "How do you feel?" Dr. Dolittlefish's voice was a comforting murmur. "Woozy," Plankton slurred, his eyelid fluttering. The room was a blur of lights and colors, like a kaleidoscope of bubbles. The pain in his antenna was fading, replaced by a pleasant numbness. Karen squeezed his hand tightly, her grip the only solid thing in his swirling world. She watched him closely, her LED eyes full of worry. "It's ok, Plankton," she murmured. "You're going to be fine." The doctor nodded to her encouragement. "I want you to count backwards from one hundred ok?" Plankton, already feeling the warm embrace of the anesthesia, began his count with a lazy sensation. "One hundred... ninety-nine... ninety-eight..." His voice grew softer with each number, the digits slipping away like grains of sand through his tiny fingers. The world around him grew fuzzy, like a TV show losing signal. The lights above looked like distant stars, their brightness dimming as he descended into the abyss of unconsciousness. "...eighty-four... eighty-three... eighty-two..." His eye now half-closed, the surgery room's noises melding into a symphony of comforting whispers. The gentle sway of the seaweed outside the clinic's windows seemed to be rocking him to sleep. His voice grew more faint, words slurring together. Karen watched him count, her gaze never leaving his face. She could feel his hand loosening in hers, his grip becoming as light as a feather. Each number he uttered was a step closer to the surgery that would hopefully restore his antenna to its former glory. The count grew slower, like a snail on a leisurely stroll across the ocean floor. His voice was a mere murmur, the words barely discernible. Karen could see his tiny chest rising and falling in a slow, rhythmic pattern, his breathing growing deeper and more relaxed with each passing moment. The colors around them bled into one another, creating a dreamlike landscape. The lights above danced like jellyfish in a moonlit lagoon, casting eerie shadows across the gleaming surgical instruments. Plankton's eye fully closed now, his count barely a whisper. Each word was a soft ripple in the vast ocean of sleep that was consuming him. The whirring of the machines and the occasional splash of water seemed to fade into the background, replaced by the steady rhythm of his breathing. Karen watched, her heart swelling with love and fear as she listened to the dwindling numbers. Plankton's voice was now a faint echo, his body going slack. The room was still, save for the hypnotic pulse of the anesthesia bubbles and Plankton's shallow breaths. Karen held her own breath, her screen never leaving his face. His count grew quieter still, each number a soft, barely perceptible sigh. Karen felt the tension in her limbs ease as she watched the lines of worry on Plankton's forehead smooth out. His sleep was finally deep and peaceful, the anesthesia working its magic. "Thirty-four... thirty-three..." His voice was a mere ripple in the vast sea of quiet that filled the room. The last number slipped away, and Plankton's count stopped, his breathing deep and even. Karen felt the weight of his hand in hers, a silent testament to his complete surrender to the anesthesia's embrace. She watched Plankton's chest rise and fall with each steady breath, his body utterly relaxed with his eye sealed shut slightly. The surgery room, once a cacophony of fear and doubt, was now a sanctuary of peace, the only sounds the rhythmic beep of the heart monitor and Plankton's soft snores. The doctor nodded, satisfied with the sedation's effect. "Alright, Karen, he finally fell asleep," he whispered, patting Plankton's shoulder. "Now, we'll proceed with the actual procedure." Karen swallowed hard, nodding her head. She had never seen Plankton so vulnerable, but she knew this was for the best. "I'll be right outside," she said, her voice wavering slightly. She leaned in and kissed Plankton's forehead before letting go. With a final squeeze of his hand, she reluctantly let go and went towards the door. The doctor nodded in understanding, his eyes focused on the delicate task ahead. As the door slid shut with a soft hiss, Karen found herself in the stark, sterile waiting room. The walls were lined with sea-themed art, an attempt to provide comfort in a place filled with uncertainty and anxiety. She hovered over to the plush sea sponge chair, the material reminding her of home. Her tentacles wrapped around the phone, her movements deliberate and precise as she dialed the numbers. The first call was to Spongebob, she knew he would want to know about the accident. The line rang, and she hoped he'd pick up. "Karen?" "Spongebob, it's about Plankton," she began, her voice trembling. "He's had an accident, and he's in surgery now." "Oh no!" Sponge Bob exclaimed, his bubbly enthusiasm dimming. "Can I talk to Plankton during the surgery?" "No, they put Plankton to sleep," Karen explained, her tentacles gripping the phone tightly. "But I'll let him know you called as soon as he wakes up." "Thank you, Karen," SpongeBob said, his voice filled with genuine concern. "Tell him I'm thinking of him." The receptionist, Tentacla, noticed her distress and swam over. "Is everything okay?" she asked, her tentacles poised to offer comfort or assistance. "It's just... I've never seen him like this," Karen admitted, her voice wavering. "So... vulnerable." Tentacla nodded sympathetically, her tentacles reaching out to pat Karen's arm. "It's tough, I know. But Dr. Dolittlefish is the best in the business. Plankton's in good fins."

ANTENNAE i Plankton found himself in a sticky situation. In his haste, he collided with a submerged rock, and with a painful snap, one of his antennae broke dangling in half. His computer wife Karen took him to a clinic. The receptionist, a kind octopus named Tentacla, took his information and assured Dr. Dolittlefish would see him shortly. "Plankton?" Dr. Dolittlefish called out, his voice echoing through the room. Plankton walked in, Karen trailing behind. The doctor examined the fractured antenna. Plankton winced, feeling a sharp pain as the doctor prods it gently. Dr. Dolittlefish chuckled, "We'll need to perform a repair, and for that, you'll need a touch of anesthesia. It'll make you feel like you're floating on a cloud.." Plankton's one good antenna perked up with interest. "A magical elixir that will put you into a state of deep relaxation," Dr. Dolittlefish explained, his eyes twinkling behind his spectacles. "You'll be completely unaware of the surgery. We give you a little dose to make you drowsy. It's like sinking into a warm, bubble bath after a long day of plotting. Trust me, you'll wake up with a fixed antenna and no memories of the procedure. It's like a nap that'll keep you unconscious and pain-free throughout the operation. It's tailored for each patient, so you'll only get what you need." Turning to Karen, who had been quietly observing the exchange, the doctor said, "Karen, if you have any concerns, feel free to ask. Your husband's safety is my top priority. I'll be sure to take into account." Karen sighed, her circuits whirring as she searched for the right words. "Well, Plankton has always had trouble with deep sleep. He's a bit of a light sleeper, you see. Even the slightest disturbance and he's up for the day. It's hard for him to get to sleep." The doctor nodded, scribbling more notes. "I see," he said thoughtfully. "That does add a layer of complexity to the anesthesia. We'll need to be precise with the dosage to ensure he remains asleep throughout the surgery without any complications. We'll use the lightest touch possible and administer the anesthesia in a way that minimizes discomfort." Dr. Dolittlefish turned to Plankton. "Now, when you wake up, it'll be like coming out of a delightful dream. You'll feel a bit groggy, like you've just emerged from a particularly long nap. You might be a tad disoriented, but that's perfectly normal. Your body will be feeling the effects of the medication wearing off, so it's crucial that you rest for a while in our recovery area." Plankton's eye searched Karen', looking for reassurance. She nodded firmly, gripping his tiny hand. "You'll be okay, Plankton. I'll be right here." The doctor nodded. "Karen, you can accompany him into the surgery room. But remember, you'll have to go and stay outside once the actual procedure begins." The next day, Plankton and Karen returned to the clinic, feeling a mix of anxiety and hope. The lobby was filled with various sea creatures, all waiting for their appointments with their own assortment of woes and ailments. "Come on, Plankton," Karen urged, her voice steady. "You've got this." Dr. Dolittlefish took his place at the head of the operating table, a serious look on his face. "Alright, Plankton," he said, his voice steady, "It's time for the anesthesia. This might feel a bit strange, but remember, it's just like drifting off to sleep." With a flick of his fin, he administered the first dose through a small tube connected to a bubble filled with the sedative. The bubble popped, and Plankton felt a warm sensation spread through his body. It started in his toes and traveled up to his antennae, making them feel weightless. His eye grew heavier, and he couldn't help but let out a sigh. The room began to spin gently, the sounds around him becoming muffled, like the distant hum of a lullaby sung by the ocean currents. He felt himself sinking into the chair, the cushions seemingly made of the softest sea foam. "How do you feel?" Dr. Dolittlefish's voice was a comforting murmur. "Woozy," Plankton slurred, his eyelid fluttering. The room was a blur of lights and colors, like a kaleidoscope of bubbles. The pain in his antenna was fading, replaced by a pleasant numbness. Karen squeezed his hand tightly, her grip the only solid thing in his swirling world. She watched him closely, her LED eyes full of worry. "It's ok, Plankton," she murmured. "You're going to be fine." The doctor nodded to her encouragement. "I want you to count backwards from one hundred ok?" Plankton, already feeling the warm embrace of the anesthesia, began his count with a lazy sensation. "One hundred... ninety-nine... ninety-eight..." His voice grew softer with each number, the digits slipping away like grains of sand through his tiny fingers. The world around him grew fuzzy, like a TV show losing signal. The lights above looked like distant stars, their brightness dimming as he descended into the abyss of unconsciousness. "...eighty-four... eighty-three... eighty-two..." His eye now half-closed, the surgery room's noises melding into a symphony of comforting whispers. The gentle sway of the seaweed outside the clinic's windows seemed to be rocking him to sleep. His voice grew more faint, words slurring together. Karen watched him count, her gaze never leaving his face. She could feel his hand loosening in hers, his grip becoming as light as a feather. Each number he uttered was a step closer to the surgery that would hopefully restore his antenna to its former glory. The count grew slower, like a snail on a leisurely stroll across the ocean floor. His voice was a mere murmur, the words barely discernible. Karen could see his tiny chest rising and falling in a slow, rhythmic pattern, his breathing growing deeper and more relaxed with each passing moment. The colors around them bled into one another, creating a dreamlike landscape. The lights above danced like jellyfish in a moonlit lagoon, casting eerie shadows across the gleaming surgical instruments. Plankton's eye fully closed now, his count barely a whisper. Each word was a soft ripple in the vast ocean of sleep that was consuming him. The whirring of the machines and the occasional splash of water seemed to fade into the background, replaced by the steady rhythm of his breathing. Karen watched, her heart swelling with love and fear as she listened to the dwindling numbers. Plankton's voice was now a faint echo, his body going slack. The room was still, save for the hypnotic pulse of the anesthesia bubbles and Plankton's shallow breaths. Karen held her own breath, her screen never leaving his face. His count grew quieter still, each number a soft, barely perceptible sigh. Karen felt the tension in her limbs ease as she watched the lines of worry on Plankton's forehead smooth out. His sleep was finally deep and peaceful, the anesthesia working its magic. "Thirty-four... thirty-three..." His voice was a mere ripple in the vast sea of quiet that filled the room. The last number slipped away, and Plankton's count stopped, his breathing deep and even. Karen felt the weight of his hand in hers, a silent testament to his complete surrender to the anesthesia's embrace. She watched Plankton's chest rise and fall with each steady breath, his body utterly relaxed with his eye sealed shut slightly. The surgery room, once a cacophony of fear and doubt, was now a sanctuary of peace, the only sounds the rhythmic beep of the heart monitor and Plankton's soft snores. The doctor nodded, satisfied with the sedation's effect. "Alright, Karen, he finally fell asleep," he whispered, patting Plankton's shoulder. "Now, we'll proceed with the actual procedure." Karen swallowed hard, nodding her head. She had never seen Plankton so vulnerable, but she knew this was for the best. "I'll be right outside," she said, her voice wavering slightly. She leaned in and kissed Plankton's forehead before letting go. With a final squeeze of his hand, she reluctantly let go and went towards the door. The doctor nodded in understanding, his eyes focused on the delicate task ahead. As the door slid shut with a soft hiss, Karen found herself in the stark, sterile waiting room. The walls were lined with sea-themed art, an attempt to provide comfort in a place filled with uncertainty and anxiety. She hovered over to the plush sea sponge chair, the material reminding her of home. Her tentacles wrapped around the phone, her movements deliberate and precise as she dialed the numbers. The first call was to Spongebob, she knew he would want to know about the accident. The line rang, and she hoped he'd pick up. "Karen?" "Spongebob, it's about Plankton," she began, her voice trembling. "He's had an accident, and he's in surgery now." "Oh no!" Sponge Bob exclaimed, his bubbly enthusiasm dimming. "Can I talk to Plankton during the surgery?" "No, they put Plankton to sleep," Karen explained, her tentacles gripping the phone tightly. "But I'll let him know you called as soon as he wakes up." "Thank you, Karen," SpongeBob said, his voice filled with genuine concern. "Tell him I'm thinking of him." The receptionist, Tentacla, noticed her distress and swam over. "Is everything okay?" she asked, her tentacles poised to offer comfort or assistance. "It's just... I've never seen him like this," Karen admitted, her voice wavering. "So... vulnerable." Tentacla nodded sympathetically, her tentacles reaching out to pat Karen's arm. "It's tough, I know. But Dr. Dolittlefish is the best in the business. Plankton's in good fins."

ephemeral, eternal by Bakugods Anime » Ace of Diamond/ダイヤのA Romance & Humor, Eijun S., Furuya S., Miyuki K., Wakana Published: Jun 14, 2015 ephemeral, eternal high as a kite summary: Eijun goes to the dentist and gets his wisdom tooth removed. pairing/s: eijun/wakana, furuya/haruno, tetsu/takako Wakana grabs the car keys and heads out, with her husband following behind her. "W—W—Where are... where are... we..?" Eijun drawls, his eyes looking at every corner of the interior of the car. Wakana glances at Eijun from the road and she giggles. "In the car, Eijun." She answers him, but he still continues to look dazed and his mouth hangs open. "Car... red lights..." he mutters under his breath, his eyes closing to a half but proceeds to look around him. "Huh.. baseball... bat..." He snickers lazily when his half-lidded eyes meet the baseball bat keychain hanging on the rear-view mirror. Wakana observes him with an amused smile on her face and continues to drive, turning to a neighborhood street. "Do you know what day it is?" She asks with a curious tone. Of course she has to ask. She's having too much fun seeing him make a fool out of himself under the influence of a drug. "Day... uhh, it's Christmas, right? 'cause it's really, really..." He pauses and lets out a long, exhausted exhale, "really... hmm... bright." And he rubs his eyes tiredly like a child. "Mmhmm." Wakana replies and parks by the sidewalk, along with other vehicles parked in front of a house. "It's the 1st of July!" She announces, turning off the engine and unbuckling hers and Eijun's seatbelt. "July..." Eijun murmurs, his eyes sleepy and dropping to a close. Until they snap wide open, his pupils shrunk and his eyeballs almost popped out of their sockets. "It's—It's —It's Grocery 20% Sale Month!" He shouts, sitting up on his seat in complete panic. Wakana throws her head back and laughs at his sudden outburst. Okay, she doesn't mind dealing with this kind of Eijun. Tame, innocent, clueless Eijun; compared to the loud, obnoxious Eijun she has to tolerate and control with every single day of her life. She doesn't mind at all. "Uh-huh. What else, sweetheart?" She says this time, muttering a let's get down to Eijun as both of them got off the car—with Eijun almost dropping to his weak knees once his sneaker-clad feet hit the concrete. "It's—uh... a Friday?" Eijun guesses, walking very slowly to where Wakana was standing. She giggles and grabs his arm to guide him before walking towards the house they parked in front of. "Nice try, but give me another guess." She pushes, climbing up the short steps of the front porch of the house. Eijun furrows his eyebrows in confusion and his lips form a childish pout. "...Saturday?" He scratches his cheek, looking around, once again, aimlessly. "Close enough." Wakana reaches up and was about to ring the doorbell when the front door unexpectedly swings open in front of them. "Ah! It's the Sawamuras!" The person who had opened the door—who happened to be Kuramochi—exclaimed in recognition, a sash wrapped across his torso with paint balls in different colors hanging on them and a protective armor stained with paint was protecting his front back. His left hand holds a toy rifle and he was wearing turtle helmet. Wakana stared at him weirdly, "Yoichi-kun?" She says, but said man only huffs through his nose and faces the male Sawamura. "Oi, Bakamura! Are you giving Wakana-chan a hard time again?!" He scolds, grabbing his friend by the ear. But Eijun only falls forward on to Kuramochi and started to murmur things again. "W—Whoa!" Kuramochi yells, grabbing hold of Eijun's shoulders. He glares at him and his eyebrow quirked. Wakana shakes her head in apology, grabbing Eijun and making him stand up straight once more. "Aaa, sorry, Yoichi-kun. He just got back from the dentist and the only time the clinic's open happened to be today so—" "He got his wisdom tooth removed!" A familiar voice says from behind Kuramochi. Wakana looks behind Kuramochi and sees the green-haired man's fiancé walking towards them, wearing the same outfit and weapon as Kuramochi, except his armor barely has any paint on it. "Yeah." Wakana answers, shaking Eijun's arm. "Miyuu~ki?" Eijun says slowly once he sees the former catcher, his tongue rolling clumsily as if testing the name in his mouth for the first time. Miyuki laughs and stands beside Kuramochi, "He's as high as a kite!" He flicks Eijun's forehead, with the latter not reacting and still looking dazed. Miyuki laughs in amusement and calls from the inside of the house, "Hey! Get the camera!" And proceeds to making fun of Eijun's stupefied self. Wakana watches the two of them as she hears shouts from the inside of the house: "This is going to go viral!" Jun. "Oogah!" Masuko. "Ya—ha! Look at his face!" Yoichi. "Ehh? He looks dumber than usual!" Mei. Wakana shakes her head and enters the house, seeing Jun and Yoichi holding a recorder on their hands. The rest of the men were either laughing out loud or cleaning their mess up. She sees her idiotic husband sitting on a couch looking dazed as ever, drool now dripping down his chin. His eyes are half-closed. She laughs again at the hilarious scene, her hand covering her mouth to stifle her laughter. NEXT DAY "Ha?" Eijun exclaims before wincing at the pain from his teeth, his hand gripping his cheek tenderly. Wakana looks up at him from the fresh laundry she was hanging up on their closet. "What is it?" She sticks her head out from their walk-in closet. "Jun-san tagged me in a video..." Eijun quietly mutters as his hands worked on selecting the video link. Wakana bites her lip in amusement and heads back inside the closet, trying her best to keep herself from laughing. She hums in response and ignores him entirely, making him think that she wasn't listening anymore. She hears the video start and Jun's voice resounded from his phone, "Yo, Eijun!" Eijun buries his face on his phone as he intently watches the clip. "Yaha! How does it feel being high?" Eijun's eye twitches at Kuramochi's remark, his face filled with utter confusion. Then there was laughter at the background. "H—high?" Eijun questions more to himself, until his own face shows up in the video. His face freezes in shock and his eyes widen in exaggeration as he gasps. Wakana purses her lips and gripped the shirt in her hand tightly, restraining herself to laugh as she gives glances at Eijun's expressions. After a few minutes of the video playing, Eijun remains silent. But by every passing second, his face flushes redder and redder than before. All in embarrassment. Diamond no Ace is rightfully owned by Yuji Terajima and Kodansha.

ᵃⁿ ᵃʳᵐ ᵃⁿᵈ ᵃ ˡᵉᵍ ⁽ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᴮᵒᵇ ᶠᵃⁿᶠⁱᶜ⁾ ᶠʳᵉᵈ ᵃʷᵒᵏᵉ ᵃˢ ᵗʰᵉʸ ʳᵒˡˡᵉᵈ ʰⁱˢ ᵇᵉᵈ ⁱⁿ ᵗʰᵉ ʳᵉᶜᵒᵛᵉʳʸ‧ "ʸᵒᵘ'ʳᵉ ᵒⁿ ᵗʰᵉ ᵐᵉⁿᵈ‧" ᵀʰᵉʸ ᵗᵒˡᵈ ʰⁱᵐ ᵃˢ ᵗʰᵉʸ ᵉⁿᵗᵉʳ ᵗʰᵉ ʳᵒᵒᵐ ᵃʳᵉᵃ‧ ᶠʳᵉᵈ ⁱⁿʲᵘʳᵉᵈ ʰⁱˢ ˡᵉᵍ⸴ ˢᵒ ᵗʰᵉʸ ʷᵉⁿᵗ ⁱⁿ ᶠⁱˣ ⁱᵗ‧ ᴬⁿᵒᵗʰᵉʳ ᵇᵉᵈ'ˢ ᵈⁱᵃᵍᵒⁿᵃˡˡʸ ᵃᶜʳᵒˢˢ ᶠʳᵒᵐ ᶠʳᵉᵈ⸴ ᵐᵃᶜʰⁱⁿᵉʳʸ ᵇᵉᵉᵖⁱⁿᵍ ⁿᵒⁱˢᵉˢ‧ "ᵂʰᵃᵗ'ˢ ʰᵒᵒᵏᵉᵈ ᵘᵖ ᵗᵒ‧‧‧" ᶠʳᵉᵈ ᶠᵒˡˡᵒʷᵉᵈ ᵗʰᵉ ˡⁱⁿⁱⁿᵍ ᵗᵘᵇᵉˢ ᵃⁿᵈ ˢᵃʷ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ⸴ ʰⁱˢ ᵃʳᵐ ⁱⁿ ᵃ ᶜᵃˢᵗ⸴ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵐᵃᵏⁱⁿᵍ ᵃⁿʸ ⁿᵒⁱˢᵉ‧ 'ᴴᵉ ᵐᵘˢᵗ ⁿᵒᵗ ʰᵃᵛᵉ ᵉᵐᵉʳᵍᵉᵈ ᶠʳᵒᵐ ʸᵉᵗ' ᶠʳᵉᵈ ᵗʰᵒᵘᵍʰᵗ⸴ ˢᵉᵉⁱⁿᵍ ʰⁱˢ ᵉʸᵉ ᶜˡᵒˢᵉᵈ ᵃⁿᵈ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵐᵒᵛⁱⁿᵍ ᵒʳ ᵃʷᵃʳᵉ ᵃᵗ ᵃˡˡ‧ "ᴹᵃʸ ᴵ ᵃˢᵏ ʷʰᵃᵗ'ˢ ᵘᵖ ʷⁱᵗʰ ʰⁱᵐ?" ᶠʳᵉᵈ ᵃˢᵏᵉᵈ ᵗʰᵉ ⁿᵘʳˢᵉ‧ "ᴶᵘˢᵗ ᶠⁱⁿⁱˢʰᵉᵈ ᵃ ˢᵘʳᵍᵉʳʸ ʳᵉᵖᵃⁱʳⁱⁿᵍ ᵃ ᶠʳᵃᶜᵗᵘʳᵉ ᵇʳᵉᵃᵏ ᵃˢ ʰᵉ ᶜᵃᵐᵉ ⁱⁿ ⁱⁿʲᵘʳᵉᵈ‧ ᵂʰᵉⁿ ᵗʰᵉ ᵇᵒⁿᵉ ᶜʳᵃᶜᵏᵉᵈ⸴ ⁱᵗ ʷᵃˢ ʷᵒʳˢᵉ ᵗʰᵃⁿ ʸᵒᵘʳ ˡᵉᵍ'ˢ ˢᵒ ᵗʰᵉ ᵈᵒˢᵃᵍᵉ ᵐᵒʳᵉ ˢᵗʳᵒⁿᵍ ᵗʰᵃⁿ ʷʰᵃᵗ ʸᵒᵘ ʰᵃᵈ‧ ᴴⁱˢ ʷⁱᶠᵉ ᵇʳᵒᵘᵍʰᵗ ʰⁱᵐ ⁱⁿ ˢᵃʸⁱⁿᵍ ʰᵉ ᵍᵒᵗ ʰᵘʳᵗ ʷᵒʳᵏⁱⁿᵍ ᵒⁿ ᵗᵒ ᵍᵉᵗ ᵏʳᵃᵇᵇʸ ᵖᵃᵗᵗʸ‧" ᵀʰᵉ ⁿᵘʳˢᵉ ᵗᵒˡᵈ ᶠʳᵉᵈ‧ "ᔆᵒ ⁱᵗ'ˡˡ ᵗᵃᵏᵉ ʰⁱᵐ ᵃ ˡⁱᵗᵗˡᵉ ˡᵒⁿᵍᵉʳ ᵗᵒ ᶜᵒᵐᵉ ᵒᵘᵗ ᵒᶠ ⁱᵗ‧‧‧" "ʸᵒᵘ'ʳᵉ ᵃˡˡ ᶠⁱⁿⁱˢʰᵉᵈ ᵃⁿᵈ ᵈᵒⁿᵉ! ᶜᵃⁿ ʸᵒᵘ ᵒᵖᵉⁿ ʸᵒᵘʳ ᵉʸᵉ?" ᴴᵉᵃʳⁱⁿᵍ ᵃ ᵛᵒⁱᶜᵉ⸴ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ'ˢ ᵉʸᵉ ˢˡᵒʷˡʸ ᵒᵖᵉⁿᵉᵈ ᵃʷᵃᵏᵉ‧ ᴴᵉ ⁿᵒᵗⁱᶜᵉᵈ ᵗʰᵉ ⁿᵘʳˢᵉ ᵘⁿʰᵒᵒᵏⁱⁿᵍ ʰⁱᵐ ᶠʳᵒᵐ ᵃⁿᵈ ʰᵉˡᵈ ᵘᵖ ᵃ ˢˡⁱⁿᵍ‧ "ᴵ'ˡˡ ᵍᵒ ᵍᵉᵗ ʸᵒᵘʳ ʷⁱᶠᵉ‧‧‧" ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ˢᵃʷ ᶠʳᵉᵈ ᵃˢ ᵗʰᵉ ⁿᵘʳˢᵉ ˡᵉᶠᵗ ᵗᵒ ᵍᵉᵗ ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ‧ "ᴵ'ᵐ ᶠʳᵉᵈ⸴ ᵃⁿᵈ ᴵ ʰᵘʳᵗ ᵐʸ ˡᵉᵍ‧ ᴳᵒᵗᵗᵃ ᵇᵉ ᵐᵒʳᵉ ᶜᵃʳᵉᶠᵘˡ⸴ ʸᵒᵘ ᵏⁿᵒʷ‧‧‧" ᶠʳᵉᵈ ᵗᵒˡᵈ ʰⁱᵐ ᵃˢ ᵗʰᵉʸ ʷᵉʳᵉ ⁱⁿ ᵗʰᵉ ᵃʳᵉᵃ‧ "ʸᵒᵘ'ʳᵉ ᵃᵗ ᵗʰᵉ ᶜʰᵘᵐ ᵇᵘᶜᵏᵉᵗ ᵃᶜʳᵒˢˢ ᶠʳᵒᵐ ᵗʰᵉ ᴷʳᵘˢᵗʸ ᴷʳᵃᵇ‧‧‧" "ʸᵉᵃ⸴ ˢᵒ‧‧‧" "ᔆᵒ⸴ ᴵ ᶜᵃⁿ ᵍᵉᵗ ᵃ ᵖᵃᵗᵗʸ ᵗᵒ ᵍᵒ ᵃⁿᵈ ᵈᵉˡⁱᵛᵉʳ ⁱᵗ ᵗᵒ ʸᵒᵘʳ ᵖˡᵃᶜᵉ‧‧" "ᴵ'ᵈ ˡᵒᵛᵉ ⁱᵗ! ᵀʰᵃⁿᵏˢ‧‧‧" "ᴵ'ˡˡ ʷᵃⁱᵗ ᵗᵒ ᵈᵒ ⁱᵗ ʷʰᵉⁿ ᴵ'ᵐ ᶠᵉᵉˡⁱⁿᵍ ˢᵒᵐᵉʷʰᵃᵗ ᵇᵉᵗᵗᵉʳ⸴ ᵗʰᵒᵘᵍʰ‧" ᶠʳᵉᵈ ᵗᵉˡˡˢ ʰⁱᵐ ᵃˢ ʰᵉ ⁿᵘʳˢᵉ ᵃⁿᵈ ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ ᶜᵃᵐᵉ ⁱⁿ‧ "ᴴᵉʸ⸴ ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ‧‧‧" ᶠʳᵉᵈ ˢᵃʷ ᵗʰᵉᵐ ᵍᵒ ᵗᵒ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ‧ ᵀʰᵉ ⁿᵘʳˢᵉ ʰᵉˡᵖᵉᵈ ʰⁱˢ ᵃʳᵐ ⁱⁿ ᵃ ˢˡⁱⁿᵍ ᵃˢ ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ ʰᵉˡᵈ ʰⁱˢ ᵒᵗʰᵉʳ ʰᵃⁿᵈ‧ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ʷᵃˢ ˢᵗⁱˡˡ ʳᵉᶜᵒᵛᵉʳⁱⁿᵍ ᵃⁿᵈ ᵘⁿˢᵗᵉᵃᵈʸ ʷⁱᵗʰ ᵗʰᵉ ᵐᵉᵈⁱᶜⁱⁿᵃˡ ʷᵉᵃʳⁱⁿᵍ ᵒᶠᶠ⸴ ᵘⁿᵃᵇˡᵉ ᵗᵒ ˢᵗʳᵃⁱᵍʰᵗ‧ "ᴶᵘˢᵗ ᶜᵃʳʳʸ ᵐᵉ‧‧‧" ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ᵗᵒˡᵈ ʰⁱˢ ʷⁱᶠᵉ‧ ᵀʰᵉ ⁿᵉˣᵗ ʷᵉᵉᵏ⸴ ᶠʳᵉᵈ ᵒʳᵈᵉʳᵉᵈ ᵃ ᵖᵃᵗᵗʸ ˡⁱᵏᵉ ʰᵉ ᵖʳᵒᵐⁱˢᵉᵈ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ᵗᵒ ᵗᵃᵏᵉ ⁱᵗ ᵗᵒ ᵗʰᵉ ᶜʰᵘᵐ ᵇᵘᶜᵏᵉᵗ‧ ᴴᵉ ᵇᵉᶜᵃᵐᵉ ᵃ ʳᵉᵍᵘˡᵃʳ ᶜᵘˢᵗᵒᵐᵉʳ ᵃᵗ ᵗʰᵉ ᶜʰᵘᵐ ᵇᵘᶜᵏᵉᵗ ᵃˢ ʷᵉˡˡ‧

Surgeon Robert Liston In 1847, a doctor performed an amputation in 25 seconds, operating so quickly that he accidentally amputated his assistant's fingers as well. Both later died of sepsis, and a spectator reportedly died of shock, resulting in the only known procedure with a 300% mortality rate.

Date: 15/12/22 Support Tips: Preparation: in order to best prepare some actions might include ~ Considering your sensory needs- pack a bag with sensory aids such as headphones, earplugs, coloured glasses, stim tools, comfort items and so on to support your comfort whilst at your appointment. Considering your communication needs- perhaps take a trusted friend or family member to support with verbal communication, a hospital passport that you can share with staff or notes including scripted comments or responses that you can refer to during the appointment to support with or replace verbal speech. Wear suitable clothing that can be easily taken on and off. To minimise uncertainty, research what is involved in the procedure before attending so that you have a good idea what to expect. Write out a list of questions to avoid relying on memory during a potentially stressful experience. Plan your travel route in advance and leave plenty of time to get to your appointment to minimise anxiety and allow time to adjust to the environment upon arrival. Engage in calming, grounding techniques prior to the appointment start time. During: whilst at the appointment it may be helpful to ~ Ask for the nurse practitioner to talk you through the procedure in full before it commences, preferably with use of images or demonstrations with relevant equipment. Be open about which aspects of the experience you might struggle with as an Autistic person and request particular adjustments. Engage in grounding techniques such as mindful breathing. Hold on to a stim object that is comforting or acts as a stress reliever. Listen to music to support self-regulation. Share your concerns or worries with the nurse practitioner to invite reassurance or helpful advice. Remember your reason for attending and why it is important for you. Aftercare: following the procedure, it is a good idea to plan in some time for self-care and self-regulation, some ideas might include ~ Get yourself into a sensory safe space where things feel predictable and calm (for e.g. a quiet room with dim lighting, weighted blanket etc). Arrange to debrief/chat to a friend or another supportive person about your experience after leaving your appointment. Arrange to meet with a trusted person following the procedure to support you with getting back home or perhaps to do something you might enjoy together. Engage in your dedicated interest. Acknowledge your achievement in attending and getting through the appointment. Journal about your experience to help with emotional processing. Engage in your favourite stim to release any tension that may remain in your b0dy. Allow yourself to physically rest or sleep once back at home. Date: 15/12/22

I went to the plastic surgeon for a consultation . The doctor looked at me and said , " Don't do this . You're too beautiful just the way , you are . Don't change . " That doctor gmh . 2011.

https://i.imgflip.com/8jy2tx.gif

Wisdom teeth, a twilight fanfic | FanFiction. Books Twilight. Wisdom teeth By: lauren0126. The title say it all... Bella gets her wisdom teeth out and Edward is there to care for her. https://m.fanfiction.net/s/6270085/1/Wisdom-teeth - English - Romance/Hurt/Comfort - Bella, Edward - Words: 2,443 - Published: Aug 25, 2010 Tomorrow was the day I've been dreading for over a week. I was getting my wisdom out in the morning. To make it worse Charlie scheduled my appointment the day he has to go out of town. So of course Edward offered to take me. Jessica came up to us. "Hey Bella good luck tomorrow you'll do great" Jessica said "Thanks Jess" "Yeah Bella when I had mine out the worst part is all that pain your in after" Mike smiled at me. I cringed and Edward growled. "I mean you'll be fine it's different with everyone…" Mike stumbled for words "Okay I think we should head home" Edward glared at him. Edward pulled me towards the car and buckled me in and we were off to his house. I was staying there tonight since Charlie was out of town and Edward is going with me tomorrow. As I walked into the house I went straight to Edward's bedroom. I closed the door behind me and lay down on the bed, my head in the pillow. Edward sighed and I heard him coming up the steps. I heard the door open and weight on the bed and Edward lay down next to me, wrapping one arm around my waist. He buried his face in my hair and kissed my head. "Bella talk to me love" he laid his head on the pillow next to me. I shook my head and he sighed. "Can you at least look at me?" he pleaded. I shook my head again and there was a light knock on the door before it opened. "Bella would you like something to eat dear?" Esme asked sweetly. I didn't want to ignore her so I turned over and answered her. "Sure thanks" "No problem" she gave me a reassuring smile and turned to leave the room. Edward was still lying down but he was looking at me anxiously and I lay back down so I was facing him. He pulled me closer and stroked my cheek reassuringly. I sat up and rested my back on the headboard. "You'll be okay. I'll be there when you go to sleep and as soon as you wake up" "Promise?" I asked "I Promise" I brought his lips to mine and kissed him with as much passion as he dare allowed. He pulled away and looked into my eyes with shock. "Bella what are you…?" I cut him off with a kiss. "My mouth is going to be sore afterwards so I won't be able to kiss you for a while" I explained. "Oh is that so?" "Yes" I wined and leaned up to kiss him again. "Do you feel better now?" he asked after a while "A little I'm still nervous" he pulled me into his arms again "And it's okay to be Bella, but trust me when I say you'll be fine" "I just want to go to sleep" I confessed "Okay but I want you to eat first" Edward said sternly. Without another word I jumped out of the bed and down the stairs into the kitchen. I wasn't really in the mood to eat but I knew that this would probably be the last day that could have a real meal. I walked into the kitchen just as Esme placed a plate with chicken and vegetables in front of me. "Thanks Esme" I smiled up at her "Your welcome sweetheart" she smiled back and walked into the Living room. I sat eating my dinner for about 10 minutes before I got up to put the rest in the trash and walked into the living room. Edward opened his arms up for me and I slid onto his lap. "So Bella are you ready for tomorrow?' Carlisle asked "I guess" I shrugged "Don't worry it'll be fun" Emmett laughed (That's what my cousin told me) "You'll be fine and I can take you shopping afterwards" Alice cheered "Bella relax" Jasper and Rosalie said at the same time. Edward's POV After a while of talking Bella finally fell asleep on me and I took her upstairs to my room. I laid her down on the bed. I pulled the blankets over her and climbed into bed next to her. I pulled her close and inhaled her scent waiting. Her appointment was at 9 so it was around 8 when I decided that I should probably wake her up. "Bella it's time to wake up" I shook her lightly She didn't wake so I decided to have some fun. I lifted her up in my arms and set her down on her feet. "Edward!" she whined as she grabbed onto me. I kissed her forehead "Come on and get ready" I reached over and started to tickle her. She squealed with laughter and fell back on the bed and started to squirm around. I moved to her ribs where she was most ticklish and she let out the most adorable giggle. "There's that smile" I laughed. "No fair" I leaned in and kissed her lips once more. "Go and get ready we don't want to be late" I walked down the stairs and out to the car. The rest of the family went hunting today so I could take care of Bella later and I knew that she wouldn't want a lot of attention after. I heard her come down the steps minutes later. She got right into the car as did I and started the car. Once we were at the oral surgeon office I went to check Bella in and she went to get a seat. I followed her and took her hand in mine. "It's really starting to sink in now" she whispered as she leaned her forehead on my shoulder. "I know it seems scary right now but it'll be over before you know it" "I know I just…" "Bella" the nurse from the door called. I heard Bella's heart pound rapidly and grabbed onto my hand in a death grip. If I were human she would have really hurt my hand. The nurse brought us into the room and Bella took a seat in the chair, still keeping a tight hold of my hand. The nurse came over and rubbed Bella's arm with alcohol. "Just look at me" I told her. She winced as the pierced her skin and I could already see that she was getting drowsy. "You'll have to leave now" the nurse told me. I leaned down to kiss her one last time on the lips. "I'll be here when you wake up. I love you" She just closed her eyes. "We should be done in about an hour" The dentist said as he came in. I nodded. "Just take good care of her" I pleaded I walked out and shut the door behind and made my way back to the waiting room. I picked up one of the magazines on the table and waited. The dentist came out. "Edward" he called "She's fine and she did great" "Can I see her?" I was anxious "Yep right this way" He led me into the back room and there she was. There was a blanket wrapped around her and she seemed pretty out of it. "I'll go get an ice pack" "Thank you" I said as he left. I sat down next to her and rubbed her arm. She opened her eyes and reached up to touch her mouth but I grabbed her hand before she could. "Don't touch" I warned her She sighed and reached for my hand and grasped it tightly in hers. The dentist came back and handed an ice pack. "That should help with the swelling" he said He also handed me a paper with directions and her pain medication on it. "She'll be numb for the rest of the day and will probably just want to sleep. I'd go and get her medications because she'll probably be in pain when it wears off. You can take her home now." "Thank you" I said once again and turned to Bella "Are you ready to go?" I asked She nodded slightly and I gently wrapped my arm around her waist and lifted her up from the chair. She staggered dizzily on her feet but I kept her balanced. I wrapped her coat around her and headed out of the office. Once we made it safely to the car her eyes were already shutting. I started the car and drove home. It started raining and I remembered that I should pick up her medication at the drug store. I contemplated whether or not to wake her but I decided against it. I ran into the store and grabbed a couple of yogurt and pudding cups while I was there. I grabbed her medications, paid, and hurried back to the car. When I got back Bella was up and holding her cheeks. "Are you in pain?" I asked her "Mmm" she nodded and I handed her the ice pack. "I'll give you your medicine when we get back okay?" "Umkay" she mumbled I raced back to the house and helped her out of the car when we got back. I lowered her onto the couch and went into the kitchen to get her a pill and some water. I looked at the paper and it said that she needed to remove her gauze. That meant blood. I took a deep breath and headed back into the room. "Bella you need to take out your gauze" Without a word she got up and walked over to the trash. She started to pull out one side when she stopped abruptly and looked at me. "I'm fine" I promised her She continued to pull out the gauze and then threw it in the trash. She held her hand out for the pill and she took it with ease. She walked back over to the couch and placed the ice pack back on her face. "Its nowt colwd" she whined I smiled as I got an idea "I can help with that" I walked over to her and placed both my hands carefully on either side of her face. She leaned into my hands and closed her eyes. "Better?" I asked her She nodded again and before I knew it she was asleep. This was going to be a long couple of days 1 week later Bella's POV It's been 1 week since I got my teeth out and I feel better. Edward has been nothing but helpful and his hands made great ice packs. I didn't swell that much but I could barely eat. Today was the first day that I was going back to school. Edward and I worked on homework and I managed to get all of it done. I headed outside and met Edward by the car. "You ready to back to school?" he asked "I guess" I leaned up to kiss his lips "I missed that" he said and smiled against my lips. "You have no idea" I sighed He grabbed my hand as we walked to the car. "Thank you for taking care of me" I said "There's nothing else I would rather do" and he kissed me once more.

"Ok, Plankton I'm going to give you something to help you relax." The nurse prepped a syringe, the cold liquid sliding into his gum line. The doctor's voice grew distant. Karen's hand tightened around his, as the anesthesia took hold. Plankton closed his eye, numbness spread. He felt his heart rate slow and his muscles relax as the world around him faded to a gentle buzz. The anesthetic was administered, and doctor's instructions to count back from ten echoed in his mind, but he never made it past seven. The doctor's skilled extracted the troublesome teeth. Plankton's face remained still, his breathing deep and even under the influence of the anesthesia. Karen squeezed his hand again, hoping he could feel her support through the unconsciousness. The doctor's face broke to a satisfied smile. "All done," he said, gesturing to the nurse to start cleaning up. "Everything went smoothly." Karen nodded to express her gratitude. "We'll keep him here for a bit longer to make sure he's fully recovered from the anesthesia, but you can stay with him." As the doctor stepped out, Karen pulled up a chair next to Plankton. His features looked almost childlike, and couldn't help but feel a twinge of protectiveness. He might be trouble, but she cared for him deeply. The nurse bustled around, removing various tubes and monitors attached to him, and soon the room was quiet once more, filled only with the low murmur of the machines. His chest rose and fell in a steady rhythm, and Karen sat there, holding his hand. The nurse finished her work and gave Karen a nod, indicating that she could talk to Plankton if she wanted. Leaning in close, she whispered, "You did good. Just a little bit longer, and you'll be back." Plankton's eye fluttered open, and he groaned, his speech slurred from the anesthesia. "K-Karen?" "I'm here," she said, smoothing back his antennae. His eye searched for a moment before the reality of the situation set in, and he tried to sit up. "Easy now," Karen said soothingly, gently pushing him back down. "You're okay. The surgery's over. You did great!" Plankton's gaze darted around the room, trying to focus. "Where... where are they?" he mumbled, his voice thick and groggy. Plankton's eye narrowed in confusion before drifted shut again. "Did we get... the formula?" he slurred, his mind still clinging to his latest obsession. Karen couldn't help but chuckle. "Not today. But don't worry." She watching him closely as the anesthesia wore off. "You've been out.." "So, we didn't get it?" he asked. The nurse turned to them, noticing Plankton awake. "How are you feeling?" "Woozy," Plankton slurred words thick and slow. The doctor nodded understandingly. "That's normal. The anesthesia will wear off in a bit, but you'll be feeling a bit out of it for the rest of the day. You'll need to keep that ice on your jaw to reduce the swelling." Plankton's eye searched Karen's face, his mind still fuzzy. "Why you smiling?" he asked. "I was just thinking about how you're going to have to eat mashed peas." Plankton groaned. "Mashed peas?" Karen nodded. "Don't worry, I'll make sure you have plenty of jellyfish juice to keep your strength up. Let's get home," Karen said as she helped him to his feet. He swayed slightly, and she went to steady him. The walk to the car was a blur for Plankton. He leaned heavily on Karen. "Why the floor tiles look like they're moving?" he murmured. Karen chuckled, her hand round his waist. "It's just playing tricks." They made their way out to the parking lot Karen opened the door, and Plankton stumbled in, collapsing onto the backseat. "You ok?" she asked. "I think... I think I'm ok," Plankton mumbled, eye slowly closing again. "Just need... to sleep." Karen nodded and got into the driver's seat, starting the engine. As they pulled out of the parking lot, Plankton's head lolled to the side, and he began to snore softly. She couldn't help but chuckle at his vulnerable state. It was a rare sight to see the ever-scheming Plankton so out of commission. The drive home was smooth. Karen glanced back at him, his face relaxed and peaceful. When they arrived at the Chum Bucket, Plankton's snores grew as she helped him in. He barely stirred as she placed a cold pack on his swollen jaw and handed him a glass of jellyfish juice. Plankton took a sip, his eye fluttering open. "Ah, Karen," he slurred. His eye were glazed over as he tried to adjust the ice pack. Karen puts it back in the right spot, tucking a pillow behind his head, patting his shoulder gently. "You need strength...." He reached for the notepad, scribbling illegibly. "Got to keep planning," he mumbled, voice a distant echo of his usual enthusiasm. Karen couldn't help but chuckle at his determination. "You should focus on getting better." Plankton's eye widened, and he tried to sit up, knocking the ice pack to the floor. "The formula!" he exclaimed, his words still slurred. "Shh, it's ok," Karen said, placing a hand on his shoulder and gently pushing him back down. "The formula can wait." He mumbled something about "Krabs" and "plan," but words were too jumbled to make sense. Karen recognized the signs of his usual scheming, even in his state. This was the Plankton she knew, always thinking of his next move, even when he could barely keep his eye open. As she cleared a space on the cluttered lab bench for him to lie down, she noticed his scribbled notes on the notepad. The words "Patty" and "formula" peeked out from a mess of squiggles and half-formed thoughts. She couldn't help but feel pride. Plankton might be a bit loopy from the anesthesia, but his spirit was sharp. She picked up the pad tried to make sense of the scrawl. Plankton watched her, his eye tracking her movements. "You're not... stealing my ideas, are you?" he accused, voice still thick with sleep. "No," Karen said, trying to keep a straight face. The room was a swirl of colors and shapes to Plankton as he attempted to focus on Karen's face. He closed his eye. "I'm perfectly... coherent," he slurred, trying to sit up again. The room tilted dangerously, and he had to grab the edge of the bench to steady himself. "Let's not have you knocking anything over clumsy." "I'm not clumsy," he protested, his words coming out in a slow drawl. "Ok," Karen said, holding up her hands in mock surrender. "I believe you, Mr. Graceful." Plankton slumped against the pillow, the effort of arguing too much for his post-surgery state. He mumbled something about jellyfish jelly. Karen shook her head. She knew he'd be back to his usual self in no time, but for now, he needed to rest. The hours ticked by, the only sounds being Plankton's snores. Karen sat glancing over at him. His chest rose and fell in a deep, steady rhythm, and she couldn't help but feel a sense of relief. The surgery had been a success. As the sun began to set, Plankton stirred. His eye popped open, and looked around the room with a wild look. "Karen, where are we?" "You're home." Plankton blinked, gaze unfocused. "Home," he repeated, as if trying to convince himself. "But what about my teeth?" Karen couldn't help laugh at his bewilderment. "They're gone. The doctor took them out." Plankton's expression one of shock. "They're really... gone?" "Yep," Karen said, voice filled with amusement. "You don't have to worry." Plankton's expression mix of confusion and relief. "But... how? I don't remember anything." Karen chuckled. "That's anesthesia for you. It's like a vacation from reality." Plankton blinked, his mind racing to catch up with the situation. "Vacation?" he murmured, the sounding foreign in his mouth. "No, no, no," he protested, flailing about as he tried to sit up. "We must... we must... " His words trailed off through the anesthesia haze. Karen placing a firm but gentle hand on his shoulder. "Plankton, please. You just had surgery." "But the Krabby Patty... the formula... we can't lose it," he slurred, voice cracking. Karen's smile softens. "Don't worry just focus on you getting better." Plankton stilled, and he nodded slowly, antennae drooping. "Ok," he murmured. "But as soon as I can, we go back to work." "Of course," Karen said soothingly, pushing him back down onto the makeshift bed. The room grew quiet again, save for the occasional snore from Plankton and the low hum of lab equipment. Hours passed by the time Plankton stirred again. His eye blinked open a glimmer of lucidity in his gaze. "Karen?" he called out, his voice still slurred but with a hint of urgency. "I'm here," she said. She had been keeping watch. Plankton sat up slowly, the anesthesia's finally lifted. His jaw felt heavy. "How long was I out?" "A few hours," Karen replied, her voice calm and assuring. She had been expecting this moment, when the fog of the anesthesia would clear. "I feel like I've been hit by a Krabby Patty press," he grumbled, holding his jaw gingerly. "It's normal," Karen said, her voice steady. "Give it time. The pain will ease up." "What about the... the formula?" he asked, his voice strained. "It's safe," Karen assured him. "Mr. Krabs doesn't even know you're down for the count." The mention brought a spark of energy to Plankton's eye. He pushed himself to his feet, the cold pack slipping to the floor with a wet thud. "We can't waste time," he said, his voice stronger now. "We must... we must..." But before he could finish his thought, a wave of dizziness washed over him, and he stumbled flailing. Karen caught him, grip firm but gentle, and helped him back down to the bench. "You're not going anywhere." Plankton groaned, stubbornness battling with his body's insistence on recovery. "But the... the Patty," he mumbled. "I know," Karen said, her tone a mix of sympathy and amusement. "But you're in no shape right now. Besides, we've got a week of mashed peas to look forward to." "Why does it have to be mashed peas?"

🍦🍓

6/6/10 Perhaps your dentist has recommended you have your wisdom teeth removed. IV sedation allows patients to nap during the surgery. The anesthesia medications are given through the IV line and you’ll feel quite tired and sleepy. Once you are completely asleep and comfortable, the surgeon places local anesthesia to numb the extraction areas. A rubber bite block helps to support your jaw during surgery and also keeps your mouth open if you are being sedated. Anesthesia medications are given as needed to make sure you remain asleep and comfortable. If IV sedation was administered, you will awaken shortly after surgery and be escorted to the recovery room. Your mouth will feel numb from the local anesthesia which will help keep you comfortable and pain free. At end of surgery, you will awake to a tap on your shoulder and a gentle voice. The surgeon will reassure you that surgery is finished and everything went well. Monitors and IV are removed and you are escorted to the recovery room. A few minutes later, your loved ones can keep you company as you recover from the anesthesia. During this time, you will become increasingly awake and alert and gradually be able to standup by your self. You are then escorted to the car.

laparohysterosalpingooophorectomy .---. .---. / .-. `. .' .-. \ /-( `. `._______.' .' )-\ ( ) \ / ( ) `-' \ / `-' \ / \ / |`-^-'| | | .---. .---. / .-./ \.-. \ /-( /`._______.'\ )-\ ( ) \ / ( ) `-' \ / `-' \ / \ / |`-^-'| | | /`._______.'\ \ / \ / \ / \ / |`-^-'| | | .-----. |`-^-'| | |

local anesthesia (you're awake and may feel pressure but shouldn't feel pain), sedation (you're awake but with lessened consciousness and won't remember much) or general anesthesia (you're completely knocked out and won't remember jack)

‧₊˚ ⋅ 𓐐𓎩 ‧₊˚ ⋅

Date: 15/12/22 Autistic qualities such as differences in how we understand what our body is feeling (interoception), our experience of pain (hypo/ hyper sensitivity) and difficulties in noticing and identifying how we feel (alexithymia) Nurse practitioners and doctors may have a limited understanding of the unique and significant ways in which autism and its associated issues impact a patient’s experience of a given medical procedure. This means that the particular supports that might help to alleviate discomfort could be lacking. We might encounter resistance to our own attempts to self- regulate and take care of our sensory and emotional needs during the appointment. We may even experience medical gas lighting or invalidation when attempting to express our experience or request much needed accommodations ( we know that this happens at higher rates amongst female presenting people, people of colour and those with additional learning disabilities in our community). For those of us with a history of these types of experiences, just being in a medical environment could feel threatening and unsafe. * Autistic person with a particular set of qualities and traits, this is not a prediction of what others might encounter or an attempt to generalise my own experience to the broader community. Date: 15/12/22

The Red Wristband A doctor was working at a hospital, a hospital where the patients were tagged with coloured bands. Green: alive. Red: deceased. One night, the doctor was instructed to get a few supplies from the basement of the hospital, and so he headed to the lift. The lift doors opened and there was a patient inside, minding her own business. Patients were allowed to roam around the hospital to stretch, especially those who have stayed long. The rule was to be back in their rooms before ten. The doctor smiled at the patient before pressing the number for the basement. He found it unusual that the woman didn’t have a button already pressed. He wondered if she was heading to the basement too. The lift finally reached the floor where the doors opened. In the distance a man was limping towards the elevator, and in a panic the doctor slammed the elevator button to close. It finally did and the lift began to ascend back up, the doctor’s heart pounding. “Why did you do that? He was trying to use the lift.” The woman stated, annoyed. “Did you see his wrist?” The doctor asked, “It was red. He died last night. I would know because I did his surgery.” The woman lifted her wrist. He saw red. She smiled. “Like this one?”

────▄▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀█─█ ▀▀▀▀▄─█─█─█─█─█─█──█▀█ ─────▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀─▀

ᴸⁱᵗʰᵖ Part 2 ⁽ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᴮᵒᵇ ᶠᵃⁿᶠⁱᶜ⁾ ᔆᵒᵐᵉ ˢʷᵉˡˡⁱⁿᵍ⸴ ᵇʳᵘⁱˢⁱⁿᵍ ᵃˢ ᵉˣᵖᵉᶜᵗᵉᵈ⸴ ⁿᵒ ˡᵒⁿᵍᵉʳ ᵇˡᵉᵉᵈⁱⁿᵍ ᵐᵘᶜʰ⸴ ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ'ˢ ʰᵘˢᵇᵃⁿᵈ ˢᵗⁱˡˡ ʳᵉᶜᵒᵛᵉʳˢ‧ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ᵈⁱᵈⁿ'ᵗ ʷᵃⁿᵗ ᵖᵉᵒᵖˡᵉ ᵗᵒ ˢᵉᵉ ʰⁱᵐ ᵃˢ ˢᵘᶜʰ⸴ ᵃⁿᵈ ʰᵉ ⁿᵉᵉᵈˢ ᵗᵒ ᵖᵒˢᵗᵖᵒⁿᵉ ᵃⁿʸ ᵖˡᵃⁿˢ ᵒʳ ˢᶜʰᵉᵐᵉˢ‧ ᴴᵉ ᵖʳᵉᶠᵉʳˢ ᵗᵒ ʳᵉˢᵗ ⁿᵒʷ‧ "ʸᵉˢᵗᵉʳᵈᵃʸ ʸᵒᵘ ᵗᵒˡᵈ ᵐᵉ ʸᵒᵘ'ʳᵉ ᵍᵒⁿⁿᵃ ᵍᵒ ˢᵉᵉ ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ!" 'ᴼʰ‧‧' ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ᵗᵃˡᵏˢ ᵗᵒ ᔆᵃⁿᵈʸ‧ "ᴰⁱᵈ ʸᵒᵘ ˢᵉᵉ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ᵗᵒ?" "ᴵ ˢᵃʷ ᵇᵒᵗʰ ᵒᶠ ᵗʰᵉᵐ ᵇᵘᵗ ᴵ ᵒⁿˡʸ ᵗᵃˡᵏᵉᵈ ᵗᵒ ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ‧" "ᵂʰʸ?" "ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ'ˢ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵘᵖ ᵗᵒ ᵛⁱˢⁱᵗⁱⁿᵍ‧" "ᴮᵘˢʸ ʷᵒʳᵏⁱⁿᵍ ᵒⁿ ᵖˡᵃⁿˢ?" "ᴴᵉ'ˢ ⁿᵒᵗ ʰⁱᵐˢᵉˡᶠ‧" ᔆᵃⁿᵈʸ ᵃᵈᵐⁱᵗˢ‧ "ᵂʰʸ ⁿᵒᵗ?" "ᵂᵉˡˡ ʰᵉ ʲᵘˢᵗ ᶜᵃᵐᵉ ᶠʳᵒᵐ ᵍᵉᵗᵗⁱⁿᵍ ᵗʰⁱʳᵈ ᵐᵒˡᵃʳˢ ˢᵘʳᵍⁱᶜᵃˡˡʸ ʳᵉᵐᵒᵛᵉᵈ ᵇᵘᵗ ᵈᵒⁿ'ᵗ‧‧‧" "ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ'ˢ ʰᵒˢᵖⁱᵗᵃˡⁱˢᵉᵈ‽" "ᴵ ᵈᵒⁿ'ᵗ ᵗʰⁱⁿᵏ ʰᵉ'ᵈ ˡⁱᵏᵉ ᵗᵒ ᵇᵉ ˢᵐᵒᵗʰᵉʳᵉᵈ ʷʰⁱˡˢᵗ ʰᵉᵃˡⁱⁿᵍ‧" ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ᶜᵃⁿ ᵇᵉ ʰʸᵖᵉʳ ᵃⁿᵈ ᵃᶠᶠᵉᶜᵗⁱᵒⁿᵃᵗᵉ‧ ᴬˢ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ʳᵒᵘˢᵉᵈ ᶠʳᵒᵐ ᵇʳⁱᵉᶠ ⁿᵃᵖ ʰᵉ ʰᵉᵃʳˢ ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ ᵒᵖᵉⁿⁱⁿᵍ ᵗʰᵉ ᵈᵒᵒʳ‧ "ᔆᵃⁿᵈʸ ᵒⁿˡʸ ᵗᵒˡᵈ ᵐᵉ ᵃᵇᵒᵘᵗ ᵍᵉᵗᵗⁱⁿᵍ ᵈᵉⁿᵗⁱˢᵗ ᵃᵖᵖᵒⁱⁿᵗᵐᵉⁿᵗ⸴ ᵇᵉᶜᵃᵘˢᵉ ᶠᵒʳ ᴵ ᵃˢᵏᵉᵈ ʰᵉʳ ʰᵒʷ ʸᵒᵘ'ʳᵉ ᵈᵒⁱⁿᵍ ˢⁱⁿᶜᵉ ᵇᵉᶠᵒʳᵉ ˢʰᵉ ˢᵃʷ ʸᵒᵘ ˢʰᵉ ˡᵉᵗ ᵐᵉ ᵏⁿᵒʷ ᵃᵇᵒᵘᵗ ˢᵘʳᵖʳⁱˢⁱⁿᵍ ʸᵒᵘ ʷⁱᵗʰ ᵃ ᵛⁱˢⁱᵗ!" ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ᑫᵘⁱᵉᵗˡʸ ᵗᵉˡˡˢ ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ‧ ᴴᵉ ʷᵉⁿᵗ ⁱⁿ ᵗᵒ ᵗʰᵉ ʳᵒᵒᵐ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ'ˢ ˢᵗⁱˡˡ ᵃᵗ‧ "ᴴⁱ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ!" 'ᴰⁱᵈ ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ ˡᵉᵗ ʰⁱᵐ ⁱⁿ?' ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ᵖᵒⁿᵈᵉʳˢ ᵃˢ ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ⁿᵒᵗⁱᶜᵉᵈ ʰⁱˢ ᶜʰᵉᵉᵏˢ‧ "ᴬʳᵉ ʸᵒᵘ‧‧‧" "ᴵ'ᵐ ᶠⁱⁿᵉ!" ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ˡᵒᵒᵏᵉᵈ ˢᶜᵃʳᵉᵈ‧ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ˢⁱᵍʰˢ‧ "ᴰᵒⁿ'ᵗ ʷᵒʳʳʸ ᵏⁱᵈ; ᴵ'ᵐ ᶠⁱⁿᵉ‧" "ᵂᵉˡˡ ᶜᵃⁿ ᴵ ˢⁱᵗ?" ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ʷᵉⁿᵗ ᵗᵒ ᵗʰᵉ ᵉᵈᵍᵉ ᵒᶠ ʰⁱˢ ᵇᵉᵈ‧ "ᴵ ᵇʳᵒᵘᵍʰᵗ ʸᵒᵘ ˢᵒᵐᵉ ᶜᵒˡᵈ ⁱᶜᵉ ᶠʳᵒᵐ ᴮᵃʳᵍ ᴺ ᴹᵃʳᵗ ᵒⁿ ʷᵃʸ ᵗᵒ ˢᵉᵉ ʸᵒᵘ!" ᴴᵉ ʰᵉˡᵈ ᵒᵘᵗ ᵗʰᵉ ᵇᵃᵍˢ‧ "ᵀʰᵉ ᵖᵃᶜᵏˢ ᵐⁱᵍʰᵗ ʰᵉˡᵖ ˢᵒᵒᵗʰᵉ‧‧‧" "ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ʷʰʸ'ᵈ ʸᵒᵘ ᵇʳⁱⁿᵏ ⁱᶜᵉ ᶠᵒʷ ᵐᵉ?" "ᴵᵗ'ˡˡ ᶠᵉᵉˡ ˢᵒ ᵍᵒᵒᵈ ᵃⁿᵈ ʰᵉˡᵖ ʷⁱᵗʰ ᵗʰᵉ‧‧‧" "ᴵ ᵘⁿᵈᵉʳˢᵗᵃⁿᵈ ᵇᵘᵗ ʷʰᵃᵗ ᵐᵃᵈᵉ ʸᵒᵘ ᵍᵉᵗ ⁱᵗ⸴ ᵃˢ ⁱᶠ ʸᵒᵘ ᵏⁿᵉʷ‧‧‧" "ᴵ ʲᵘˢᵗ ᶠⁱᵍᵘʳᵉᵈ‧‧‧" "ʸᵒᵘ ʲᵘˢᵗ ᶠⁱᵍᵘʳᵉᵈ ʷʰᵃᵗ?" "ᴶᵘˢᵗ ᵗʳʸ ᵗʰᵉ ⁱᶜᵉ ᔆʰᵉˡᵈᵒⁿ‧" ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ ˢᵃʸˢ‧ "ᴼʰ ⁱᵗ ᶠᵉᵉˡˢ ⁿⁱᶜᵉ‧" "ᴵ'ᵐ ᵍˡᵃᵈ⸴ ᵒⁿ ᵃᶜᶜᵒᵘⁿᵗ ᵒᶠ ʷʰᵉⁿ ᔆᵃⁿᵈʸ‧‧‧" "ᔆᵃⁿᵈʸ?" "ʸᵉˢ ˢʰᵉ ᵗᵒˡᵈ ᵐᵉ ʷʰᵉⁿ ˢʰᵉ ˢᵃʷ ʸᵒ‧‧‧" "ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ˡᵉᵗ'ˢ ᵍⁱᵛᵉ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ᵃ ᵐᵒᵐᵉⁿᵗ⸴ ˡᵉᵗ'ˢ ᵍᵒ‧" ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ ᵗᵒᵒᵏ ˢᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ᵒᵘᵗ ᵒᶠ ᵗʰᵉ ʳᵒᵒᵐ‧ "ᔆᵒ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ᶜᵃⁿ ᵇᵉ ᵒⁿ ᵉᵈᵍᵉ⸴ ʸᵒᵘ ᵏⁿᵒʷ‧" "ʸᵉˢ?" "ᵂᵉˡˡ ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ʰᵉ ᵈᵒᵉˢⁿ'ᵗ ʳᵉᵐᵉᵐᵇᵉʳ ᔆᵃⁿᵈʸ ᶜᵒᵐⁱⁿᵍ ᵇᵉᶜᵃᵘˢᵉ ⁱⁿ ᵗʰᵉ ˢᵘʳᵍᵉʳʸ⸴ ᵗʰᵉʸ ᵍᵃᵛᵉ ʰⁱᵐ ᵐᵉᵈⁱᶜⁱⁿᵉ ʷʰᵉʳᵉ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵃʷᵃʳᵉ ᵒʳ ᶠᵉᵉˡ ʷʰⁱᶜʰ ˡⁱⁿᵍᵉʳˢ‧" "ᴼʰ‧" "ᴴᵉ ᵐⁱᵍʰᵗ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵇᵉ ʰᵃᵖᵖʸ ˢⁱⁿᶜᵉ ʰᵉ'ˢ ⁿᵒᵗ ʷⁱˢʰⁱⁿᵍ ᶠᵒʳ ᵒᵗʰᵉʳˢ ᵗᵒ ᵗᵃˡᵏ ᵃᵇᵒᵘᵗ ⁱᵗ ᵒʳ ˢᵉᵉ ʰⁱᵐ ʰᵘʳᵗⁱⁿᵍ ʸᵒᵘ ᵏⁿᵒʷ‧ ᴴᵉ'ˢ ˢᵗⁱˡˡ ᵒᵛᵉʳʷʰᵉˡᵐᵉᵈ‧" ᵀʰᵉʸ ʷᵉⁿᵗ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ ᵗᵒ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ‧ "ᴵ'ˡˡ ᵗʳʸ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵗᵒ ᵗᵃˡᵏ ᵗᵒ ᵐᵘᶜʰ‧‧" ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ˢᵃʸˢ‧ "ᵀʰᵃⁿᵏ ʸᵒᵘ ᶠᵒʷ ᵗʰᵉ ⁱᶜᵉ‧‧" "ʸᵒᵘ'ʳᵉ ʷᵉˡᶜᵒᵐᵉ‧ ᴵˢ ⁱᵗ ᶜᵒᵒˡ ⁱᶠ ᴵ ᵃˢᵏ ʸᵒᵘ ᵃ ᑫᵘᵉˢᵗⁱᵒⁿ ᵃᵇᵒᵘᵗ ⁱᵗ?" "ᴰᵉᵖᵉⁿᵈˢ‧" "ᴵᶠ ᴵ ᶜᵃⁿ ᵃˢᵏ ʷʰᵃᵗ ˢᵘʳᵍᵉʳʸ ᶠᵉˡᵗ ˡⁱᵏᵉ⸴ ᶠᵒʳ ʸᵒᵘ?" "ᵂᵉˡˡ ᴵ ʷᵉⁿᵗ ʸᵉˢᵗᵉʳᵈᵃʸ ʷⁱᵗʰ ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ‧ ᴵ ˡᵉᵃⁿᵉᵈ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ ᵃⁿᵈ ᵗʰᵉⁿ ᵐᵘˢᵗ'ᵛᵉ ʳᵉᶜᵉⁱᵛᵉᵈ ᵐᵉᵈⁱᶜⁱⁿᵉ ᵇᵉᶜᵃᵘˢᵉ ⁿᵉˣᵗ ᴵ ᵏⁿᵒʷ ᴵ'ᵐ ˡᵉᵃᵛⁱⁿᵍ ʷⁱᵗʰ ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ‧ ᴮᵘᵗ ᴵ ᵈᵒⁿ'ᵗ ᵏⁿᵒʷ‧" "ᔆᵒ ᵐᵉᵈⁱᶜⁱⁿᵉ ⁱᵗ⸴ ʸᵒᵘ'ʳᵉ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵃʷᵃᵏᵉ?" "ᴺᵒᵗ ᵈᵘʳⁱⁿᵍ ᵗʰᵉ ᵖʳᵒᶜᵉᵈᵘʳᵉ‧ ᴵᵗ'ˢ ˢᵗʳᵒⁿᵍ‧‧‧" "ᴵ ᵇᵉᵗ ˢᵒ⸴ ˢᵉᵉⁱⁿᵍ ʸᵒᵘ ʰᵃᵛᵉ ⁿᵒ ʳᵉᶜᵒˡˡᵉᶜᵗⁱᵒⁿ ᵒᶠ ᔆᵃⁿᵈʸ'ˢ ᵛⁱˢⁱᵗ‧‧‧" ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ˢᵃʸˢ⸴ ⁱᵐᵐᵉᵈⁱᵃᵗᵉˡʸ ʳᵉᵍʳᵉᵗᵗⁱⁿᵍ ⁱᵗ‧ "ᵂʰʸ ᵈᵒ ʸᵒᵘ ᵏᵉᵉᵖ ᵐᵉⁿᵗⁱᵒⁿⁱⁿᵍ ᵗʰᵉ ˢᑫᵘⁱʳʳᵉˡ? ᴬⁿᵈ ʷʰᵃᵗ ᵛⁱˢⁱᵗ‧‧‧" "ᔆʰᵉ ʲᵘˢᵗ ᵛⁱˢⁱᵗᵉᵈ ᵐᵉ ᵗᵒᵈᵃʸ! ᵂᵉˡˡ ᴵ ʷᵉⁿᵗ ᵗᵒ ˢᵉᵉ ʰᵉʳ‧‧‧" "ᴵ ˢᵉᵉ‧" ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ ʰᵉᵃʳᵈ ᵗʰᵉ ᵈᵒᵒʳ‧ "ᴵ'ˡˡ ᵍᵒ ˢᵉᵉ‧‧" ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ ʷᵉⁿᵗ ᵃⁿᵈ ᴴᵃⁿⁿᵃ ᶜᵃᵐᵉ ⁱⁿ‧ "ᴵ ᵈᵒⁿ'ᵗ ᵏⁿᵒʷ ʰᵒʷ ᵃ ᵇᵒᵈʸ ʷᵒʳᵏˢ ᵇᵘᵗ ⁱˢ ʰᵉ ᵃⁿʸ ᵇᵉᵗᵗᵉʳ?" "ᴴᵉ'ˢ ᵐᵒʳᵉ ʰⁱᵐˢᵉˡᶠ‧" "ᴴᵉʸ ᵏⁱᵈ ᴵ ᵈᵒⁿ'ᵗ ᶠᵉᵉˡ ˡⁱᵏᵉ ᴷʳᵃᵇˢ ᵒʳ ᵃⁿʸ ᵒᵗʰᵉʳ ᵖᵉʳˢᵒⁿ ᵒᵘᵍʰᵗᵗᵃ ᵏⁿᵒʷ‧" "ᴳᵒᵗ ⁱᵗ!" ᵀʰᵉⁿ ᶜᵃᵐᵉ ⁱⁿ ᴴᵃⁿⁿᵃ ʷⁱᵗʰ ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ‧ "ᵂʰʸ'ˢ ˢʰᵉ ⁱⁿ ᵐʸ ʳᵒᵒᵐ?" ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ˢᵃᵗ ᵘᵖ‧ "ᔆʰᵉ ᵍᵃᵇᵉ ʸᵒᵘ ᵃ ᵛⁱʳᵘˢ ᵒⁿᵉ ᵗⁱᵐᵉ!" "ᴱˣᵃᶜᵗˡʸ⸴ ᵒⁿᶜᵉ‧ ᴺᵒᵗ ᵒⁿ ᵖᵘʳᵖᵒˢᵉ‧ ᴮᵘᵗ ᴴᵃⁿⁿᵃ ᴵ ᵈᵒⁿ'ᵗ ᵗʰⁱⁿᵏ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ'ˢ ᵘᵖ‧‧‧" "ᴵ ᵗʰᵒᵘᵍʰᵗ ʰᵉ ˡⁱᵏᵉᵈ ˢᵉᵉⁱⁿᵍ ᵐᵉ!" ᴴᵃⁿⁿᵃ ˢᵃʸˢ‧ "ʸᵉˢᵗᵉʳᵈᵃʸ ʰᵉ ᵈⁱᵈ‧ ʸᵒᵘ ˢᵃⁱᵈ ᵗᵒ ᵐᵉ ᵃⁿᵈ ᔆᵃⁿᵈʸ ʰᵒʷ ʸᵒᵘ ˡᵒᵛᵉ ᵘˢ ᵇᵒᵗʰ ˢᵒ⁻ᵒ ᵐᵘᶜʰ!" "ᵂʰ‧‧‧" "ʸᵉˢᵗᵉʳᵈᵃʸ ʷʰᵉⁿ ʷᵉ ˢᵃʷ ʸᵒᵘ ᵈʳᵒᵒˡ ˡᵃˢᵗ ⁿⁱᵍʰᵗ ᵇᵉᶠᵒʳᵉ ʸᵒᵘ ˢᵗᵃʳᵗᵉᵈ ˢⁿᵒʳⁱⁿᵍ‧‧" ᔆʰᵉ ˢᵃʸˢ⸴ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵘⁿᵈᵉʳˢᵗᵃⁿᵈⁱⁿᵍ ᵗʰᵉ ᵗᵉⁿˢⁱᵒⁿ ᶠᵉˡᵗ‧ "ᴾᵉʳʰᵃᵖˢ ᴵ'ˡˡ ᵍᵒ‧‧" ᴴᵃⁿⁿᵃ ˡᵉᵃᵛᵉˢ‧ "ᔆᵒ ᴵ ᶜᵃⁿ ᵍᵉᵗ ˢᵒᵐᵉ ᵐᵒʳᵉ ⁱᶜᵉ ᵇᵉᶠᵒʳᵉ ⁱᵗ ᵐᵉˡᵗˢ ᵒʳ‧‧‧" ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ᵗʳⁱᵉᵈ ᵗᵒ ʳᵉˡⁱᵉᵛᵉ ᵗʰᵉ ˢⁱˡᵉⁿᶜᵉ‧ "ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ‧‧‧" "ᴵ'ˡˡ ᶜᵒⁿᶠᵉˢˢ ᔆᵃⁿᵈʸ ᵖˡᵃⁿⁿᵉᵈ ᵒⁿ ᵛⁱˢⁱᵗⁱⁿᵍ ᵃⁿᵈ ᵗᵒˡᵈ ᵐᵉ ʰᵉʳ ᵖˡᵃⁿˢ ᵃⁿᵈ ˢʰᵉ ʷᵉⁿᵗ ʷʰᵉⁿ ʸᵒᵘ ˢᵗⁱˡˡ ʳᵉᶜᵒᵛᵉʳᵉᵈ ᵃⁿᵈ ˢʰᵉ ᵗᵒˡᵈ ᵐᵉ ʸᵒᵘ'ʳᵉ ᵘⁿᵈᵉʳ ᵗʰᵉ ʷᵉᵃᵗʰᵉʳ ᴵ'ᵐ ˢᵒ ˢᵒʳʳʸ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ!" ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ˢᵃʸˢ‧ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ˢᵃⁱᵈ ⁿᵒᵗʰⁱⁿᵍ‧ "ᴵ ᵈⁱᵈⁿ'ᵗ ᵏⁿᵒʷ ˢʰᵉ ᵖˡᵃⁿⁿᵉᵈ ᵒⁿ ᶜᵒᵐⁱⁿᵍ ʷⁱᵗʰ ᴴᵃⁿⁿᵃ ˢᵒ ᵈᵒⁿ'ᵗ ᵇˡᵃᵐᵉ‧‧‧" "ᶠⁱⁿᵉ‧" "ᵂʰᵃᵗ; ᶠⁱⁿᵉ?" "ᴳᵉᵗ ᵐ⁻ᵐᵒʳᵉ ᶜᵒˡᵈ ⁱᶜᵉ⸴ ⁱ⁻ⁱᵗ ʰ⁻ʰᵘʳᵗˢ‧‧" ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ˡᵉᵗ ʰⁱᵐ ʰᵃᵛᵉ ᵐᵒʳᵉ ⁱᶜᵉ‧ "ᴬʳᵉ ʸᵒᵘ‧‧‧" "ᴵ ᵃᵐ ᵗᵒ ᵗⁱʷᵉᵈ ᵃⁿᵈ ʰ⁻ʰ⁻ʰᵘʳᵗ ᵗᵒ ᵗᵃˡᵏ‧" ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ˢᵃʸˢ ᵗᵒ ᵗʰᵉᵐ ᵇᵒᵗʰ‧ "ᴼʰ ᴵ'ᵐ ˢ⁻ˢᵒʳʳʸ‧‧‧" "ʸᵒᵘ ᵇᵒᵗʰ ᵃʳᵉ ⁱᵐᵖᵒʳᵗᵃⁿᵗ ᵗᵒ ᵐᵉ ᵃⁿᵈ ᵖʷᵉᵃˢᵉ ʷᵉᵗ ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ˢᵗᵃʸ‧" "ᴼᶠ ᶜᵒᵘʳˢᵉ!" to be cont. Pt. Three

ᴸⁱᵗʰᵖ Part 3 ⁽ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᴮᵒᵇ ᶠᵃⁿᶠⁱᶜ⁾ ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ᶠᵉˡˡ ᵃˢˡᵉᵉᵖ ᵇʸ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ⸴ ᵃⁿᵈ ʷᵒᵏᵉ ᵘᵖ‧ ᴴᵉ ᵏⁿᵉʷ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ'ˢ ⁱⁿ ⁿᵒ ᶜᵒⁿᵗʳᵒˡ ᵒᶠ ᵈʳᵒᵒˡⁱⁿᵍ ᵃⁿᵈ ʷᵃˢ ᵘⁿᵃᵇˡᵉ ᵗᵒ ʰᵉˡᵖ ʷʰᵃᵗ ᵉᵛᵉʳ ʰᵉ ˢᵃⁱᵈ ʳⁱᵍʰᵗ ᵃᶠᵗᵉʳ ᵍᵒⁱⁿᵍ ᵗᵒ ˢᵘʳᵍᵉʳʸ‧ ᴮᵘᵗ ˢᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ'ˢ ᵍˡᵃᵈ ᵗᵒ ˢᵉᵉ ʰⁱᵐ ˢˡᵉᵉᵖⁱⁿᵍ ⁿᵒʷ‧ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ'ˢ ᵐᵒᵘᵗʰ ʰᵃⁿᵍˢ ᵒᵖᵉⁿ⸴ ʰⁱˢ ᶜʰᵉᵉᵏˢ ᵇʳᵘⁱˢᵉᵈ ᵃⁿᵈ ˢʷᵉˡˡⁱⁿᵍ‧ ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ˢᵃʷ ᵈʳᵃʷᵉʳ ᵇʸ ᵗʰᵉ ᵇᵉᵈ⸴ ᵒᵖᵉⁿⁱⁿᵍ ⁱᵗ ᵗᵒ ˢᵉᵉ ᵃ ʲᵒᵘʳⁿᵃˡ‧ ᔆᵒ ʰᵉ ᵈᵉᶜⁱᵈᵉᵈ ᵗᵒ ʳᵉᵃᵈ ⁱᵗ‧ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ'ˢ ʲᵒᵘʳⁿᵃˡ ᵐᵒˢᵗˡʸ ᵒᶠ ʰⁱˢ ᵖˡᵃⁿˢ‧ ᴮᵘᵗ ᵃˡˢᵒ ᵃⁿ ᵉⁿᵗʳʸ ᵒᶠ ᵃᵇᵒᵘᵗ ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ʰⁱᵐˢᵉˡᶠ ᵗᵒ! 'ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ᶜᵒˢᵗ ᵐᵉ ᵗʰᵉ ⁱⁿᵍʳᵉᵈⁱᵉⁿᵗˢ ᵃᵍᵃⁱⁿ ᵇᵘᵗ ⁿᵒᵗ ⁱⁿ ᵘˢᵘᵃˡ ʷᵃʸ‧ ᵀʰᵉ ᵏⁱᵈ ᵃʳᵍᵘᵉᵈ ʷⁱᵗʰ ᴮᵘᵇᵇˡᵉ ᴮᵃˢˢ ᵃˢ ᴵ ʷᵉⁿᵗ ᵗᵒ ᵗʰᵉ ᴷʳᵘˢᵗʸ ᴷʳᵃᵇ‧ ᴬ ᵖᵉʳᶠᵉᶜᵗ ᵗⁱᵐᵉ! ᴮᵘᵗ ᵗʰᵉⁿ ᵗʰᵉ ᵍᵘʸ ʸᵉˡˡᵉᵈ ᵃᵗ ᵗʰᵉ ᶠʳʸ ᶜᵒᵒᵏ ʷʰᵒ ˢᵗᵃʳᵗᵉᵈ ᵗᵒ ᶜʳʸ‧ ᵀʰᵉⁿ ᴹʳ‧ ᴷʳᵃᵇˢ ʸᵉˡˡᵉᵈ⸴ ᵐᵃᵏⁱⁿᵍ ⁱᵗ ʷᵒʳˢᵉ‧ ᔆᵒ ᵗʰᵉⁿ⸴ ᴵ ᵈᵉᶜⁱᵈᵉᵈ ᵗᵒ ᵖᵘᵗ ᵗʰᵉ ⁱⁿᵍʳᵉᵈⁱᵉⁿᵗˢ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ ʷʰᵉʳᵉ ᴵ ᶠᵒᵘⁿᵈ ᵗʰᵉᵐ⸴ ˢᵉᵉⁱⁿᵍ ʰᵒʷ ʳⁱˡᵉᵈ ᵘᵖ ᴹʳ‧ ᴷʳᵃᵇˢ ˢᵉᵉᵐᵉᵈ ᵃᵗ ʰⁱᵐ‧' ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ʳᵉᵐᵉᵐᵇᵉʳᵉᵈ⸴ ᵃⁿᵈ ᶠᵉˡᵗ ˢʰᵒᶜᵏᵉᵈ‧ ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ᵖᵘᵗ ᵗʰᵉ ʲᵒᵘʳⁿᵃˡ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ⸴ ᵃⁿᵈ ˢⁱᵍʰᵉᵈ‧ 'ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ᶜᵃʳᵉˢ‧‧' ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ʳᵉᵃˡⁱˢᵉˢ⸴ ᵃˢ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ʷᵃᵏᵉˢ ᵘᵖ‧ "ᴹᵒʳᵉ ⁱᶜᵉ?" ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ᵍᵉᵗˢ ˢᵒᵐᵉ ᶠʳᵉˢʰ ⁱᶜᵉ ᶠᵒʳ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ‧ "ᴰᵒ ʸᵒᵘ ᶠᵉᵉˡ‧‧‧" "ᴵ'ᵐ ⁱⁿ ᵗᵒ ᵐᵘᶜʰ ᵖᵃⁱⁿ‧" "ᴵⁿ ʸᵒᵘʳ ʲᵃʷ?" "ᴳᵘᵐˢ‧‧‧" "ᴵ ᵍᵒᵗᵗᵃ ˢᵒˡᵘᵗⁱᵒⁿ!" ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ˢᵃʸˢ⸴ ᵍᵉᵗᵗⁱⁿᵍ ᵘᵖ‧ ᴴᵉ ᶜᵃᵐᵉ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ ʷⁱᵗʰ ˢᵒᵐᵉ ᵈᵃᵐᵖ ᵍᵃᵘᶻᵉ‧ "ᔆᵒᵃᵏᵉᵈ ⁱⁿ ᶜᵒᵒˡ ʷᵃᵗᵉʳ⸴ ⁱᶜᵉ ᶜᵒˡᵈ!" ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ˡᵉᵗ ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ʰᵉˡᵖ ʰⁱᵐ ᵖᵘᵗ ⁱⁿ‧ "ᵂᵉˡˡ? ᴮᵉᵗᵗᵉʳ?" "ʸᵉˢ‧" ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ˢᵃⁱᵈ⸴ ⁱⁿˢᵗᵃⁿᵗˡʸ ⁱⁿ ˡᵉˢˢ ᵖᵃⁱⁿ‧ "ᴵ ᵃᵖᵒˡᵒᵍⁱˢᵉ ᶠᵒʳ ᵃᵇᵒᵘᵗ ᔆᵃⁿᵈʸ ᵃⁿᵈ‧‧‧" "ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ʸᵒᵘ ᵒⁿ’ʸ ʰᵃᵛᵉ ᵇᵉᵉⁿ ⁿⁱᶜᵉ ᵗᵒ ᵐᵉ‧ ᴵᵗ'ˢ ⁿᵒᵗʰⁱⁿ’ ʸᵒᵘ ᵈⁱᵈ‧ ᴵᶠ ᵃⁿʸ ᵗʰⁱⁿᵍ ᴵ'ᵐ ⁿᵒᵗ ʰᵃᵖᵖʸ ʷⁱᵛᵛ ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ'ˢ ᶠʷᵉⁿˢ ᵇᵘᵗ ᵗʰᵉʸ'ʳᵉ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵍᵒⁿⁿᵃ ᵏⁿᵒʷ‧" "ᴶᵘˢᵗ ˢᵗⁱˡˡ ˢᵒʳʳʸ ᵗʰᵒᵘᵍʰ‧ ᴮᵘᵗ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ᴵ ᵉⁿʲᵒʸ ʰᵉˡᵖⁱⁿᵍ ʸᵒᵘ⸴ ᵏᵉᵉᵖⁱⁿᵍ ʸᵒᵘ ᶜᵒᵐᵖᵃⁿʸ‧‧" "ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉ ᵇᵒᵇ⸴ ʷʰᵉʰ ᴵ ᵖˡᵒᵗ ᵗʰᵉ ᵈᵉᵐⁱˢᵉ ᵒᶠ ᴷʳᵃᵇˢ ʷᵉˢᵗᵃᵘʷᵃⁿᵗ ᴵ ᵈᵒⁿ'ᵗ ᵐᵉᵃⁿ ᵃᵍᵃⁱⁿˢᵗ ʸᵒᵘ ᵖᵉʳˢᵒⁿᵃˡˡʸ‧‧" "ᴵ ᵏⁿᵒʷ⸴ ᴵ ᵏⁿᵒʷ‧" ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ˢᵐⁱˡᵉˢ‧ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ᵃˡˡᵒʷˢ ʰⁱᵐˢᵉˡᶠ ᵗᵒ ᵖᵘᵗ ʰⁱˢ ᵃʳᵐ'ˢ ᵃʳᵒᵘⁿᵈ ˢᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ'ˢ ʷʳⁱˢᵗ ⁿᵒʷ‧ "ᴸᵉᵗ'ˢ ˡᵉᵃⁿ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ ᵃⁿᵈ ᵍᵉᵗ ᶠʳᵉˢʰ ᵍᵃᵘᶻᵉ‧‧" ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ᵗᵒˡᵈ‧ ᵀʰᵉ ᵍᵃᵘᶻᵉ ᵗᵒᵒᵏ ᵒᵘᵗ ᵇᵃʳᵉˡʸ ᵖⁱⁿᵏ⸴ ᵃⁿᵈ ᵍᵃᵛᵉ ʰⁱᵐ ᵐᵒʳᵉ ᵈᵃᵐᵖᵉⁿᵉᵈ ⁿᵉʷ ᵍᵃᵘᶻᵉ‧ ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ʰᵉˡᵈ ᵒᵘᵗ ʰⁱˢ ᵃʳᵐ⸴ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ⁿᵒʷ ˡᵉᵃⁿⁱⁿᵍ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ ᵗᵒ ˢʰᵒᵘˡᵈᵉʳ‧ ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ˡᵉᵃⁿᵉᵈ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ ᵗᵒ ᵖⁱˡˡᵒʷ‧ "ᴰᵒ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵗ⁻ᵗᵉˡˡ ᴹʳ‧ ᴷʳᵃᵇˢ ʰᵉ ᵐⁱᵍʰᵗ ⁿᵒᵗ ᶠⁱⁿᵈ ᵃ⁻ᵃᶜᶜᵉᵖᵗᵃᵇʷᵉ ᶠ⁻ᶠᵒʳ ᵘˢ ᵗ⁻ᵗᵒ‧‧‧" "ᴵ ʷᵒⁿ'ᵗ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ‧" ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ˢᵗᵃʸᵉᵈ ˢᵗⁱˡˡ ˢᵒ ᵃˢ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵗᵒ ᵐᵃᵏᵉ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ᵘⁿᶜᵒᵐᶠᵒʳᵗᵃᵇˡᵉ‧ ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ ʷᵉⁿᵗ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ ᵗᵒ ᵗʰᵉ ʳᵒᵒᵐ⸴ ᵗᵒ ˢᵉᵉ ʰᵉʳ ʰᵘˢᵇᵃⁿᵈ ⁿᵒʷ ⁱⁿ ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ'ˢ ᵉᵐᵇʳᵃᶜᵉ‧ ᴴᵉ ᶠᵉˡˡ ᵃˢˡᵉᵉᵖ⸴ ᵐᵒᵘᵗʰ ʰᵘⁿᵍ ᵒᵖᵉⁿ ᵃⁿᵈ ᵈʳᵒᵒˡⁱⁿᵍ‧ ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ'ˢ ᵃʷᵃᵏᵉ ᵗʰᵒᵘᵍʰ⸴ ᶜᵃʳᵉᶠᵘˡ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵗᵒ ʷᵃᵏᵉ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ‧ ᔆʰᵉ ʷᵉⁿᵗ ᵃⁿᵈ ᵍᵃᵛᵉ ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉ ᵇᵒᵇ ᵃ ᵗᵒʷᵉˡ ˢᵒ ᵃˢ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵗᵒ ᵍᵉᵗ ᵐᵘᶜʰ ᵈʳᵒᵒˡ ᵃˡˡ ᵒᵛᵉʳ ʰⁱᵐ‧ "ᴴᵉ ᵃˢᵏᵉᵈ ᶠᵒʳ ʷᵉᵗ ᵍᵃᵘᶻᵉ ᶠᵒʳ ᵖᵃⁱⁿ‧" ᵂʰⁱˢᵖᵉʳˢ ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ‧ "ᴮʳᵘⁱˢⁱⁿᵍ ᵈᵒᵉˢⁿ'ᵗ ˢᵉᵉᵐ ᵗᵒ ᵇᵃᵈ⸴ ᵃⁿᵈ ˢʷᵉˡˡⁱⁿᵍ ⁱˢ ᵃᶜᵗᵘᵃˡˡʸ ⁿᵃᵗᵘʳᵃˡ‧" ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ ᵗᵉˡˡˢ‧ "ᴵ ᵗᵒᵒᵏ ᵗʰᵉ ʷᵉᵉᵏ ᵒᶠᶠ ʷᵒʳᵏ⸴ ⁿᵒᵗ ⁱⁿᶠᵒʳᵐⁱⁿᵍ ᴹʳ‧ ᴷʳᵃᵇˢ ᵒᶠ ʷʰʸ⸴ ᵇᵘᵗ ᴵ ⁱᵐᵖˡⁱᵉᵈ ᵗᵒ ʰᵒʷ ˢᵒᵐᵉ ᵗʰⁱⁿᵍ ᵖᵒᵖᵖᵉᵈ ᵘᵖ ᵘⁿᵉˣᵖᵉᶜᵗᵉᵈˡʸ‧ ᴮᵒᵗʰ ᵐᵉ ᵃⁿᵈ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ᶠᵉᵉˡⁱⁿᵍ ᶠⁱⁿᵉ ʷⁱᵗʰ ᵐᵉ ᵗᵒ ʰᵉˡᵖ ʰⁱᵐ‧" ᔆᵒ ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ ˡᵉᵗ 'ᵉᵐ ᵇᵉ‧ ᵂʰᵉⁿᶜᵉ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ ⁿᵉˣᵗ ʷᵒᵏᵉ ᵃᵍᵃⁱⁿ⸴ ʰᵉ ⁿᵒᵗⁱᶜᵉᵈ ᵗʰᵉ ᵗᵒʷᵉˡ‧ "ᔆᵒ ᴷᵃʳᵉⁿ ᵖᵘᵗ ᵗʰᵉ ᵗᵒʷᵉˡ⸴ ᴵ ʲᵘˢᵗ‧‧‧" "ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ᴵ'ᵐ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵍᵒⁿⁿᵃ ᵉˣᵖˡᵒᵈᵉ; ᵒʷⁿʷʸ ᵉᵐᵇᵃʳʳᵃˢˢᵉᵈ ᶠᵒʷ ᵐʸ ʷⁱᶠᵉ'ˢ ᶠʷᵉⁿˢ ʰᵉᵃʳⁱⁿᵍ ᵐʸ ⁿᵒⁿˢᵉⁿˢᵉ ᵃⁿᵈ ᶠᵒʷ ᵈʳᵒᵒˡⁱⁿᵍ ᵃⁿᵈ ᵗᵃʷᵏⁱⁿᵍ ʷᵉⁱʷᵈ‧" "ᴴᵉʸ ᴾˡᵃⁿᵏᵗᵒⁿ?" ᔆᵖᵒⁿᵍᵉᵇᵒᵇ ˢᵃʸˢ‧ "ᴸᵒᵒᵏ; ᴵ ᵗʰⁱⁿᵏ⸴ ʸᵒᵘ'ʳᵉ ᵈᵒⁱⁿᵍ ˢᵒ ᵃᵐᵃᶻⁱⁿᵍ‧ ᴵᵗ ᵗᵃᵏᵉˢ ˢᵗʳᵉⁿᵍᵗʰ ᵗᵒ ᵃᵈᵐⁱᵗ ˢᵘᶜʰ ᵃⁿᵈ ᴵ ᵏⁿᵒʷ ʸᵒᵘ ᵐⁱᵍʰᵗ ᶠᵉᵉˡ ᶠʳᵘˢᵗʳᵃᵗⁱᵒⁿ ᵇᵘᵗ ᴵ ᵈᵒ ᵐᵉᵃⁿ ⁱᵗ‧ ᴵ'ᵐ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵍᵒⁿⁿᵃ ᵍᵒ ᵗᵒ ʷᵒʳᵏ ᶠᵒʳ ᵃᵗ ˡᵉᵃˢᵗ ᵃ ʷᵉᵉᵏ ⁱᶠ ⁿᵒᵗ ˡᵒⁿᵍᵉʳ‧ ᴵᵗ ᵗᵃᵏᵉˢ ᵉⁿᵉʳᵍʸ ᶠᵒʳ ᵇᵒᵈⁱᵉˢ ᵗᵒ ʰᵉᵃˡ⸴ ᵇᵘᵗ ᴵ'ᵐ ⁿᵒ ᵉˣᵖᵉʳᵗ‧ ᵀᵃᵏᵉ ᵗʰᵉ ᵗⁱᵐᵉ ᶠᵒʳ ʸᵒᵘ‧" "ᵀʰᵃⁿᵏˢ‧‧" "ʸᵒᵘ ᶜᵃⁿ ᵗᵃˡᵏ ᵃᵇᵒᵘᵗ ⁱᵗ ᵇᵘᵗ ⁱᵗ'ˢ ᵘᵖ ᵗᵒ ʸᵒᵘ‧ ᴵ ᵐⁱᵍʰᵗ ⁿᵒᵗ ᵏⁿᵒʷ ʰᵒʷ ᵗᵒ ʳᵉᵃᶜᵗ ⁱᶠ ᴵ ᵈᵒⁿ'ᵗ ᵘⁿᵈᵉʳˢᵗᵃⁿᵈ ᵇᵘᵗ ᴵ ᶜᵃⁿ ˡⁱˢᵗᵉⁿ‧ ᴮᵘᵗ ᵃˡˢᵒ ʷᵉ ᵈᵒⁿ'ᵗ ʰᵃᵛᵉ ᵗᵒ‧ ᴵ'ᵛᵉ ᵗᵒ ᵍᵉᵗ ᵇᵃᶜᵏ ᵗᵒ ˡᵉᵃᵛᵉ ᶠᵒʳ ᵗʰᵉ ⁿⁱᵍʰᵗ ᵘⁿˡᵉˢˢ ʸᵒᵘ ᶠᵉᵉˡ‧‧‧" "ʸᵒᵘ ᶜᵃⁿ ᵍᵒ ᶠᵒʷ ᴵ ᵏⁿᵒʷ ʸᵒᵘ ᵍᵒᵗᵗᵃ ᵖᵉᵗ ˢⁿᵃⁱˡ‧ ᴳᵒᵒᵈ ⁿⁱᵍʰᵗ⸴ ᵃⁿᵈ ᵗʰᵃⁿᵏˢ‧" End Finale

He felt his eyelid grow heavy to anesthesia. "Alright, Mr. Plankton, you're gonna start feeling sleepy," the doctor's voice echoed. The world around him grew fuzzy, sounds becoming muffled and indistinct. His head lolled, body slack. The nurse's grew blurry, darkness before not even nothingness. Karen, his wife, sat by him. Finally, the doctor stepped back, turned and gave her a thumbs up. The nurse began to clean Plankton's face, wiping away the excess saliva and bleeding with gentle touch. Karen follows as they wheel him out. His bed was pushed into a small cubicle, his breathing slow and even. In stumbled SpongeBob. Karen smiles. "The surgery went well, he's just sleeping it off," she assured. SpongeBob's taking in the beeping monitors. "What's all this for?" he asks, curiosity piqued. "To make sure he's ok while he's asleep," Karen explained. "The doctor said he'd be out for a little while." The yellow sponge nodded, his gaze lingering on the small wads of gauze peeking out from the sides of Plankton's mouth. "What's that?" he asks. "It's to help absorb.." Sponge Bob took in the sight of Plankton, who had begun to drool slightly onto the pillow beneath his head. The saliva pooled. "Oh no, Plankton. You're drooling!" Sponge Bob watched as drool continued to form like a thin string connecting Plankton's mouth to the pillow. Karen chuckled softly. "It's normal, Sponge Bob. He won't feel it as he's asleep." SpongeBob nodded, but curiosity remained. "Can I... I mean, should I... wipe it up?" he asks. Karen laughs. "It's ok, they'd take care of it. Just let him rest." "I promise to be super gentle" Karen nodded, a small smile playing. "Alright. Just be careful." His movements were deliberate, eyes never leaving Plankton's mouth as he approached. The drool strand grew longer, a tiny bridge between his friend and the pillow. The droplet fell away, landing on the pillow with a soft splat. Plankton stirred slightly but didn't wake. "It's fine. He's going to be a bit out of it when he wakes up anyway. Why don't you try talking to him while we wait for him to wake? It might help him feel more at ease." "Hey it's Sponge Bob. You're ok, just having a little nap. No Krabby Patties to steal right now," he added with a chuckle. Plankton's eye began to flutter, a sure sign that he was slowly coming back to consciousness. His body twitched, the anesthesia wearing off. "Looks like he's waking up," she said. Karen leaned closer, her hand reaching out to gently squeeze his. "Honey, it's me," she whispered. "You're ok." Plankton's unfocused and glazed. "Where... what... happened?" he mumbled. "You had wisdom teeth removed. You're in recovery," she said, voice soothing. Plankton blinked. "Wis...wis...what?" "You had a little...uh...dental appointment," SpongeBob said. "Teeth...gone?" he mumbled, still groggy. "You're fine," she assured. "I feel... funny," he giggled, voice silly. "Just relax, Plankton," Karen said. "But...but I wanna...see!" Plankton protested, arms flailing weakly. "Plankton, you need rest." "But I'm not tired!" he exclaimed, as his head lolled back onto the pillow. "I... I want to dance," he said, voice still slurred, which only resulted in more drool escaping. "First, you gotta get better," she said, voice earnest. Plankton's giggles grew, his eye half-closed. "But I'm already the best... at... at... at... " he mumbled, trailing off. "It's anesthesia," the nurse chimed in. "It can make people say some funny things. You're just feeling a bit loopy, Plankton. You'll be back to your usual self soon." Plankton's giggles grew softer, his eye struggling to stay open. "But... but... I'm not tired," he protested weakly, his voice a mere whisper. His eyelid began to droop once more. Sponge Bob leaned in. "You just had surgery, Plankton. You need to rest," he said firmly. Plankton's giggles turned into snores, his tiny body giving in despite his protests. "He's going to be out for a while," the nurse said. "Anesthesia can take time to wear off completely." Karen nodded, watching his chest rise and fall with each snore. Sponge Bob reached out and lightly patted Plankton's arm. Plankton's snores grew quieter and stirred, eye cracking. "Wha... SpongeBob?" he mumbled, groggy. Sponge Bob's heart swelled at the sight of his confused expression. "Just keeping you company as you wake." Plankton's eye rolled to the side. "Wha... what are you doing?" he slurred, his voice barely above a whisper. He tried to lift his hand to his mouth, but it flopped back down onto the bed with a limp thud. "Drool? I...I can't stop," he mumbled, his drool pooling around the fresh gauze. Sponge Bob chuckles. "It's ok, Plankton," he said. Plankton's eye narrows. "Not funny," he mumbled, words barely intelligible. Yet as he said it, another string of drool began to form, stretching from his mouth to the pillow. Sponge Bob's chuckles grew. "I know, I know. It's just... you're so... so... " he couldn't find words, laughter took over. Plankton's unable to control his drool. "I'm so...so...so..." he tried to form a coherent thought. "So what, Plankton?" "I'm...I'm not...not...drooling," he managed to say, words barely coherent. But even as he spoke, a new droplet formed at the corner of his mouth. "You sure?" "St...stop," Plankton managed to mumble, his mouth open and drooling again. "It's...it's...embarrassing." Sponge Bob smiled. "I know, you're ok. The surgery went well," he said. "Alright, we can get him ready to go home now," says nurse. They carefully lift Plankton from the bed, body still limp from the anesthesia. "You ok?" "Mm-hmm," Plankton mumbled, head lolling to one side. He struggled to keep his eye open, but the medication was too strong. Plankton's eye drooped shut once more, his snores echoing through the hall. "Whoa, there he goes again…" "He's still pretty out of it," she said. Plankton's head lolled to the side, his mouth hanging open. "Whoa, Plankton, wake up," Sponge Bob said, gently shaking his shoulder. "Mmph," Plankton mumbled, his eye cracking open. "Where...are we?" "Almost to the car," Karen said. "Just a bit longer." But Plankton's eyelid grew heavier. The nurse disappeared through the doors, leaving Karen and Sponge Bob to maneuver Plankton into a more upright position. His head kept flopping to one side, his snores grew louder. "Come on, Plankton, stay with us," Karen urged. Sponge Bob leaned close. "You ok?" he asked, patting Plankton's shoulder. Plankton's head lolled to the side, eye half- open. "Mmph...tired," he mumbled. Karen managed to get him in, his body collapsing into the seat like a ragdoll. She buckled him in. "You're gonna be ok," she whispered. Sponge Bob climbed into the backseat. Karen started the engine. "Let's get him home." The car ride was a blur of Plankton's snores and occasional mumble. Sponge Bob sat in the back, his hand on Plankton's shoulder, keeping his friend from lolling too far to the side. Each time Plankton nodded off, his mouth would droop, and gauze would slip out. "Plankton, gotta keep it in." Plankton mumbled something incoherent, his mouth still open and drooling. Sponge Bob leaned in closer, his hand ready to catch the gauze if it fell out again. Plankton's eye fluttered open, looking around the car. "Just stay with us, ok?" Sponge Bob nodded, hand on Plankton's shoulder. He watched as Plankton's eye drooped, the gauze slipping again. He leaned over and gently pushed it back. "We're almost there." Karen chuckled from the driver's seat. Sponge Bob’s grip on Plankton's shoulder tightening slightly. "Want to play a game?" "Mmph...game?" he mumbled. "I spy with my little eye, something..." But Plankton's head had already dropped back, snores echoing. Karen glanced in the mirror. "I think he's out for the count," she said. Sponge Bob was still vigilant, making sure Plankton didn't tumble out of the car. With Karen's help, they managed to get him to the couch. Sponge Bob helped prop Plankton up, careful not to jostle him too much. Everything’s just fine.

-ˋˏ 🐱 - 𝐉𝐞𝐫𝐦𝐛𝐨 - 🍦 ˎˊ˗

He slurred his words, a side effect of his wisdom tooth surgery. "W-wha...wha' happened?" he mumbled. Karen held his hand, her thumb tracing comforting circles on his palm. "You're ok, just had wisdom teeth removed." Plankton blinked, trying to make sense of the world. "Teeth?" He says through thickness of his mouth. "What teeth?" The nurse then tells "Looks good. Just rest for a bit. The anesthesia can feel loopy." A trickle of drool slid down the side of his mouth. He tried to lift his hand. "H-here," Karen said, gently dabbing at the corner of his mouth. "You're ok. It's normal." Plankton's eye closed, and he leaned into her touch, the world fading to comforting haze. "Don't worry," she whispered, stroking him. "I'm here." Within moments, his breathing grew even, chest rising and falling in gentle rhythm that told her he had succumbed to sleep. His breathing deepened, mouth slightly agape. Karen watched the rise and fall of his chest, the soft snores that punctuated the silence. The steady beep of the heart monitor was an assuring metronome as she waited. A droplet of drool had formed and was slowly making its way to the pillow. The nurse told it might happen. It clung to the edge of his mouth before splattering onto the pillow. His mouth twitched in his sleep, and she wondered if he’s dreaming. The nurse returns with water and ice chips, placing them on the tray. "He'll need these when he wakes," she instructed. "They'd help with the swelling and keep him hydrated." Karen nodded. "How long til he's fully awake?" she asked. "Could be an hour." The only sounds the occasional snore from Plankton. Drool continued to escape, forming a puddle on the pillow. She wiped it. She saw the gauze pads tucked in his cheeks. They looked out of place, despite the sleep medication lulled him to. The door creaked open, and in stumbled SpongeBob. "Plankton! You ok?" he exclaimed. "Shh, he's sleeping," Karen whispers. "They took his wisdom teeth." SpongeBob's eyes widened further. "Wisdom teeth? Gosh, Plankton, sounds painful!" Karen nodded solemnly. "But he's tough. He'll be ok." Plankton stirred in his sleep, a low groan escaping his throat. "Shh," Karen soothed, her voice gentle. "You're ok. Just rest." SpongeBob tiptoed over. "How's he?" he asked, his voice barely above a whisper. "Sleeping it off. The anesthesia wearing off." SpongeBob nods, eyes not leaving Plankton. "What's with gauze?" "Helps with bleeding," Karen explained. "It's normal." SpongeBob's concern palpable. "B-bleeding?" "It's ok," Karen assured him. "Just a precaution. He'll be fine." SpongeBob’s gaze lingers. He gently took Plankton's hand, his own fingers wrapping around his. His grip was firm but gentle, a silent promise to be there. The nurse removes the gauze, leaving his mouth open and vulnerable. Finally, Plankton's eye flutters open, still clouded by the anesthesia. "What...wha's goin' on?" he slurred, voice thick and groggy in confusion. "You had your wisdom teeth out," Karen said. "Mmph," he managed. SpongeBob leans in with concern. "You had a little operation. We’re in the recovery room." Plankton's eye widened slightly, and he tried to sit up, only to be met with dizziness that sent him back. "Mm...Krabby Patty...?" he mumbled. Karen chuckled. "No, aren’t at the Krusty Krab." The reality of the situation slowly dawned on him. His mouth felt like it was filled with cotton. He reached for the cup of water, but his hand trembled, spilling the contents onto the tray. "Oops," SpongeBob said getting napkins. "Let me help you." But Plankton's eye had already rolled back into his head, his hand dropping limply to the side, slipping back into the abyss of his drug-induced haze. The nurse returned, checked his vitals again, expression unchanged by his state. "It's normal as it can take awhile." SpongeBob fidgeted, eyes never leaving Plankton's face. "Is he...drooling?" Karen nodded holding tissue ready. "Just be careful not to wake him up." "Oh, right. I just wanted to make sure he was ok." Karen gave his hand a comforting squeeze. "He is. Just let him rest, we're here for him when he wakes." They sat in companionable silence, only sound the soft snores and occasional dribble. "Is that...normal?" he asked, voice a mix of fascination and horror. "It's a side effect of the surgery," Karen explained gently, using a fresh tissue to wipe Plankton's mouth. "It can stop when he's fully awake." The nurse checked on him again. "Almost ready to go?" Karen nods. "Yes, let's get him home. He might be a bit out of it." SpongeBob nods, eager. "I'll help too!" "Thanks, SpongeBob," Karen said. "But remember, he's going to need lots of rest and quiet. Now, let's get him into the wheelchair." With Karen's help, they managed to get Plankton into the chair, body limply compliant. His eye remained closed, his breathing even. As they wheeled him out, his snores grew quieter. In the car, Karen adjusted the seat so Plankton could lean back, his mouth still a little slack, drool pooling on the gauze she had placed. His mouth remained slightly open, gauze in his cheeks bulging with each inhale. "Look at the drool," SpongeBob whispered. "It's just a side effect of the surgery," she said, handing SpongeBob a fresh tissue. "Make sure to keep his mouth clean. We don't want to get too messy." SpongeBob nodded, expression earnest as he took the tissue and began to dab at Plankton's mouth. Plankton's head lolled to the side again, and he let out a snort. "It's okay, Plankton. We're almost home." she whispered, her voice gentle. Sponge Bob whispered, "I never knew Plankton to be so...so drooly." Karen's eyes remained on the road. "It's a side effect of the surgery," she reminded him. "It's nothing to be too concerned about." Sponge Bob nodded, his gaze lingering on Plankton's slack jaw. "We're home," Karen whispered, her voice barely audible. Sponge Bob nodded, eyes glued to Plankton's still form. "Must we wake him?" "Wait til we get him inside," Karen said, her voice soft. "He'd be more comfortable in his own bed." They carefully maneuvered Plankton out of the car, his body still limp with sleep. Karen settled him into his bed, pulling the blankets up. "Leave him be," she said. "He needs his rest. He'll be ok," Karen assured him. "Just let him sleep it off." "I'll keep an eye on him," Sponge Bob offered, pulling up a chair. "Thanks," she said with gratitude. "I'll just be in the next room." Sponge Bob nodded solemnly, taking his post by Plankton's bedside. He knew Plankton’s surgery had to have been tough on him. He reached out and touched Plankton's arm. "Rest up, Plankton," he whispered. "I'll be here when you wake.." Plankton stirred slightly, a soft groan escaping. His eye remained closed, but his hand twitched. SpongeBob leaned in closer, his heart racing. "You ok, buddy?" he asked. Plankton's eye opens, tongue thick and unresponsive. He tried to speak, but all that came out was slurred mumble. "Wha...wha's...goin' on?" The words were barely discernible, muffled by the gauze in his mouth and the thickness of his own drool. Plankton's trying to make sense of the shadows that surrounded him. "You're home, Plankton," Sponge Bob said softly. "You had your wisdom teeth removed." Plankton's mind raced as the fog of anesthesia slowly lifted. "T-teeth?" he slurred barely above a whisper. SpongeBob nods. "You had your wisdom teeth out. It's ok, you're going to be fine." He sat in the chair by the bed, watching the steady rise and fall of Plankton's chest. The gauze in his mouth was still soaked with drool. As the light outside began to fade, Plankton stirred again, his eye fluttering. The pain in his mouth was a dull throb now, and the drugs had left him feeling groggy and disoriented. He tried to sit up, but the effort was too much. SpongeBob jumped to his side, his hands gentle as he put Plankton back down onto the pillow. "Easy," he said. Plankton's eye searched, the fog of anesthesia still clouding his thoughts. "Sponge...Bob?" he managed to croak out. "I'm here, Plankton," SpongeBob said, his voice filled with gentle concern. Plankton's eye searched SpongeBob's face. "Why...are you...here?" "I'm here to take care of you got wisdom teeth out, remember?" Plankton's mouth felt like it was filled with soggy seaweed, thoughts jumbled. "Wisdom teeth?" he mumbled, his voice barely audible. SpongeBob nods. "The surgery went well." Plankton's gaze grew distant as he tried to piece together the events of the day. "What...what happened?" Sponge Bob took a deep breath, preparing to explain it again. "You had to have your wisdom teeth out. Remember? You've been out of it all day." "My...my teeth?" Plankton repeated, still slurred. Sponge Bob nods solemnly. "They had to take them out." Plankton's eye grew even wider. "My...my...precious..." Sponge Bob gently pushed him back. "It's ok. You don't have to worry. They're gone." Plankton filled with panic. "Gone? How could I forget?" SpongeBob looked at him with a mix of confusion and concern. "It's the medicine," he said, his voice calm. "It messes with your memory a bit." Plankton's eye searched the room again, desperation growing with each passing second. "But...but I can't forget!" he slurred. "I can't forget about the...the...what was it again?" SpongeBob leaned in closer, his voice filled with patience. "Your wisdom teeth. You had them removed." Plankton's mind a jumble of half-formed thoughts. "Wisdom teeth," he murmured, words tasting foreign on his tongue. "Why would I forget something so...so..." His voice trailed off, and he frowned, his tiny brow furrowing. Sponge Bob's gaze was steady and reassuring. "It's normal. I never knew you could be so... drool-y." Plankton shot up. "Drooly?" "Don't worry," SpongeBob said. "It's a temporary side effect." Plankton's eye narrowed, and he managed to slur out, "You better not tell, I'd hate for my reputation to be ruined.." "Don't worry," Sponge Bob promised. "Your secret's safe."

Wisdom Teeth and Wide Eyes: A Live Stream Disaster ratalarry Summary: Harry gets his wisdom teeth removed and it’s very chaotic and funny. Work Text: Louis couldn't help but chuckle to himself as he set his phone for a live stream in the waiting room of the oral surgeon's office. Louis knew the combination of anesthesia and pain medication was going to make for an interesting day. Harry was already a bit of a goofball on a normal day, so the idea of him being under the influence of medication had Louis both excited and a little apprehensive. "Hey, everyone," Louis greeted the camera with a smile. "So, I’m currently waiting for Harry to wake up from getting his wisdom teeth out. Thought I’d take you along for the ride today because, well, let’s be honest—it’s probably going to be hilarious." The chat quickly filled with comments from viewers, all eager to see what antics Harry would get up to. Louis kept an eye on the door, waiting for the nurse to come out. A few minutes later, the door opened, and a nurse came out with a big grin on her face. "You can come back now," she said. "He’s awake, and, well…." Louis couldn’t help but laugh as he followed the nurse to the room. He could hear Harry mumbling incoherently, his words slurred, tone full of exaggerated emotion. When Louis walked in, he was greeted by the sight of Harry sitting in a recliner, his cheeks puffed up, gauze packed inside his mouth. "Hey," Louis said softly, trying to suppress his laughter as he approached. But the moment Louis touched Harry’s arm, Harry jerked back dramatically, his eyes wide with indignation. "UGH!" he exclaimed, his voice muffled. "You can’t TOUCH me! I have a BOYFRIEND!" The nurses and doctors in the room couldn’t help but chuckle at Harry’s outburst, trying to hide their laughter behind their hands. Louis bit his lip, struggling to keep a straight face as he played along. "Harry, I am your boyfriend." Harry blinked up at Louis, his brows furrowing in confusion as he tried to process what he’d just heard. After a moment, his expression softened, and he blinked slowly as if realizing something profound. "Oh…?" voice softening into something resembling awe. "Yes, love, I’m your boyfriend." Harry’s face lit up with a dopey grin, eyes shining with affection. "love you," he slurred, leaning but stopping just short, his balance a bit off. Louis laughed, heart swelling with warmth as he carefully helped Harry to his feet. "I love you too, Haz," he said, wrapping an arm around Harry to steady him. With some help from the nurse, Louis got Harry into the car, all while continuing the live stream. The viewers were eating it up, flooding the chat with heart emojis and laughing faces. As they made their way, Harry kept trying to say something, but the gauze in his mouth made his words nearly impossible to understand. Louis just nodded along, making sure Harry stayed upright as he got him into the passenger seat. Once on the road, Louis decided they should stop and get something soft for Harry. Louis ordered a vanilla milkshake for Harry and some soup for himself. As they waited, Harry kept looking around the car, his expression growing more and more puzzled. "Did you get me anything?" Harry suddenly asked, his voice full of concern. Harry’s eyes widened in shock, and his lower lip started to tremble. "You… you didn’t get me anything?" he asked, his voice breaking as tears welled up in his eyes. "But… I thought…" "I got you a milkshake, see? It’s right here." Harry’s tears spilled over as he looked at the milkshake, and he let out a relieved sob. "You did get me something…" he whispered, sniffling as he wiped his eyes with the back of his hand. "Thank you, Louis… I love you so much…" Louis’s heart melted as he handed Harry the milkshake, watching as Harry clumsily tried to drink. "I love you too, Haz," Louis said softly, voice full of affection. "I’m always going to take care of you." After the milkshake, Harry seemed to calm down, though the medication was still making him act a bit loopy. As they continued to drive, Harry noticed Louis talking to the camera again, answering questions from the viewers. But in his foggy state, Harry misinterpreted what was happening. He turned to Louis with a look of betrayal on his face. "Why… why are you talking about me?" he asked, his voice quivering with hurt. "Are you… are you being mean? Are you gossiping about me?" Louis was taken aback, but he quickly realized what was happening. "No, no, Haz, I’m not being mean," he assured, reaching over to squeeze Harry’s hand. "I’m just talking to the stream, letting them know how you’re doing. I would never gossip about you." Harry blinked, confusion deepening. "You’re… you’re not my real boyfriend, are you?" he asked, his voice dropping to a whisper. "You did something to… why are my cheeks so big? What did you do?" Louis couldn’t help but laugh softly, even as he tried to reassure Harry. "Haz, love, I promise I’m your real boyfriend. Your cheeks are big because of the surgery, remember?." But Harry wasn’t convinced. In a sudden fit of defiance, he reached into his mouth and pulled out one of the pieces of gauze, spitting it out at Louis before bursting into a fit of giggles that lasted a good ten minutes. Louis laughed along with him, shaking his head in disbelief at how chaotic the day had become. The viewers were loving it, the chat exploding with laughter and supportive comments. Louis had to admit, despite the madness, it was endearing to see Harry in this state—so unfiltered, so purely himself. Eventually, they made it home, and Louis helped Harry out of the car, guiding him carefully up to the apartment. As they approached the door, Louis suddenly remembered the prank he had set up earlier in the day—he had put plastic wrap over the doorway as a joke, intending to surprise Harry when he got home. But in his current state, Harry wasn’t exactly coordinated, and before Louis could stop him, Harry walked straight into the plastic wrap, bouncing back slightly before staring at it in confusion. "Louis!" Harry exclaimed, his voice full of indignation as he rubbed his face. "Why is there a wall here? Who put this wall here?" Louis bust out laughing, quickly pulling down the plastic wrap as he guided Harry into the apartment. "Sorry, Haz, that was supposed to be a prank, but I didn’t mean for you to walk right into it." Harry pouted, crossing his arms over his chest. "You’re mean," he muttered, but there was no real anger in his voice. Louis grinned, leaning down to kiss the top of Harry’s head. "You’re right, love. I’m sorry. No more pranks today, I promise." As they settled into the living room, Harry suddenly looked up at Louis with wide, worried eyes. "Louis," he said, his voice trembling, "I… I think I did something wrong. I’m really sorry… please don’t be mad at me…" Louis’s heart broke at the sheer vulnerability in Harry’s voice. He sat down beside him, pulling Harry into a gentle hug. "You didn’t do anything wrong, Haz," Louis whispered, stroking Harry’s hair. "There’s nothing to be sorry for." "But… but it’s always my fault," Harry mumbled, voice small. "I don’t want you to be mad… I love you, Louis… please don’t leave me…" Louis held Harry tighter, aching at the thought of Harry feeling like this. "I’m not mad, and I’m never going to leave you, Harry," he said firmly. "I love you more than anything. You’re safe with me, always." Harry sniffled, cuddling closer to Louis, his anxiety slowly fading as he felt the warmth and comfort of Louis’s embrace. "Thank you," he whispered, his voice soft and full of love. "I’m really lucky to have you." "No, Haz," Louis whispered back, pressing a soft kiss to Harry’s forehead, "I’m lucky." They stayed like that for a while, just holding each other, til Harry suddenly perked up and looked at Louis with a serious expression. "Louis, I need you to do something for me," he said, his tone urgent. "What is it, love?" Louis asked, a bit concerned by the sudden change in Harry’s demeanor. "My skincare routine," Harry said, nodding as if this was the most important thing in the world. "I can’t do it right now, but it’s really important. Can you do it for me?" Louis bit back a smile, nodding earnestly. "Of course, Haz. I’ll take care of it for you." With Harry directing him (as best as he could in his current state), Louis carefully went through the steps of Harry’s skincare routine, applying each product with gentle hands. Harry watched him with a look of pure contentment, clearly pleased with how Louis was taking care of him. By the time they finished, Harry was starting to doze off again, his eyes drooping as he leaned against Louis. "Thank you," he murmured sleepily. "You’re the best…" Louis smiled, feeling a deep sense of love and warmth as he held Harry close. "I’m just taking care of you, love," he whispered. "Now, let’s get you to bed." Louis carefully helped Harry to the bedroom, guiding him under the covers and making sure he was comfortable. As he tucked Harry in, he couldn’t help but feel a swell of pride and affection for the man. "Goodnight, Haz," Louis whispered, leaning down to press a soft kiss to Harry’s cheek. "I love you." Harry, already half-asleep, mumbled something that sounded like "you too" before drifting off completely. As Louis quietly left the room, he couldn’t help but chuckle to himself, thinking back on the chaos. It had been a whirlwind, but also been a reminder of just how much he loved Harry—every part of him. And as he finally settled down on the couch, ready to relax after a long day, Louis knew one thing for sure: he wouldn’t trade this life with Harry for anything. Published:2024-08-24

With Age Comes Wisdom Jengis_Morrangis Summary: Dipper gets his wisdom teeth removed and Mabel has to take care of him. “Alright sweetie, I trust you with this, but make sure your brother doesn’t mess with the stitches in his mouth or do anything that might hurt himself. And be sure to change out his gauze regularly and that he gets plenty of rest.” Ms. Pines said worriedly over the phone. “I’ll be sure to keep an eye on him.” “Alright. And Mabel, be careful around him when he’s on the anesthetic. He might stumble or fall if he loses balance, and since he’s bigger than you he’ll be hard to adjust. Just make sure he doesn’t hurt himself.” “He’ll be fine, mom. I promise.” Mabel heard her mother sigh over the phone. “Okay. I love you, sweetie.” “I love you too, mom.” Mabel hung up the phone and put it in her pocket. She looked around the neat waiting room to find a pile magazines messily stacked on one another. She picked one up at random and started to read. Since it would take Dipper several days to recover, it was agreed that he would get his wisdom teeth removed at the start of spring break to assure he wouldn’t miss any school. She was flipping between articles when a nurse walked out and told her they were done with the surgery. She put the magazine down and followed the nurse back into the room to find Dipper woozily looking around the room. He closed his eyes and passed out, causing the doctor to tap him on the arm to wake him up, only for him to fall back asleep. Mabel walked up to him and put her hand on his shoulder. He opened his eyes and looked up at her. He opened his eyes wide. “Hey there, Dip Dop.” She giggled. Mabel sat down in a chair next to him as he continued to wake up. “Goss Maubel, you look show preddy.” He said with an awestruck look. Mabel felt herself blush slightly from the look on Dipper’s face. It was clear that he really meant it from how amazed he was. She knew from what she’s been told that the anesthetic they administer makes people more talkative. He began playing with her hair as she sat next to him, twirling her chestnut locks around his index finger and pinching it between his thumb as the doctor briefed her on what they had to do to ensure he would heal properly and what precautions to take. She had to force herself to focus on what the doctor was saying with Dipper twirling her hair. She helped Dipper to his feet and thanked the medical professionals as they departed from the office. She guided him all the way to the car and buckled him into the passenger seat. The drive home gave Dipper plenty of time to yammer on about nothing in particular. Mabel thought it was adorable when he complimented her about how cute she was or how much he loved her sweater. There was a lot that she couldn’t understand through his mouth full of gauze, but she nodded and agreed with whatever he said to humor him. Partway through the drive, he pulled his phone out of his pocket and called a friend from school to apologized for something minor he said when they were eleven that his friend didn’t remember, before Dipper told him he was busy and that he had to go. He must have forgotten that he was the one who called and not the other way around. She made sure to record him in case he wanted to see it later, or for blackmail material. Maybe both. Upon their arrival home, Mabel turned off the car and came around the other side to help Dipper out. He stumbled at first, but she managed to help him and the way up the steps and into his room, where he promptly took off his shoes and flopped down on his bed. Mabel wrestled his legs onto the bed and wrapped his comforter around him. She lowered the blinds over the windows before giving him a kiss on the forehead as she tucked him in. She left his room and made herself some eggs and sriracha for breakfast, since it was only around 9AM and they left before eating. She made sure to feed Waddles and Mittens, and give them some attention before starting on her chores. In not too long, she cleaned the dishes and started a load of laundry, along with several other tasks before she decided to take a short nap. She dreamed that she was in an old-timey cartoon, whistling as she steered a steamboat down a river. A growing vibration in the world slowly tore her boat apart, but she was at peace with it as she started to float with the shreds that remained. Someone must have turned off the gravity. She awoke from a consistent subtle thumping downstairs, and could tell from the vibrations in the walls that it was the cleaning cycle ending on the washing machine. She stretched out her limbs and tiredly stood up to investigate the source of the ruckus. Walking down the hallway, she could see Dipper’s door was open and he was gone from his previous place on his bed. She descended the steps in search of her brother. When she found the kitchen and living room empty, she assumed he must have been in the bathroom upstairs, as she realized the door was closed, so she decided to move the load of laundry into the dryer. As she approached the laundry room, she heard a faint whimpering that grew louder as she approached. When she opened the door, she was met with the sight of her brother, collapsed on the laundry room floor on his knees, sobbing as he shifted through the sopping wet laundry from the machine. “Maubel! Maubel, whea ah you?” He cried through his gauze. Mabel felt her heart swell. Even in his current state he is still trying to be the protective brother and make sure she was safe. She walked over to him and he notice her legs out the corner of his eyes. “Hep me loog for Maubell! Pleath!” He sobbed, not looking up to see who the legs belonged to. Mabel bent her knees, coming down to his level and turned his face to look him in the eyes. He paused for a moment, and his sobs became quiet. After a moment of processing the situation, he wrapped her in an exhausted hug and his sobs became louder, but not as loud as before. He leaned his weight on her, bringing her to the floor and cried on her shoulder. “Oh my god, Maubel! I taught I would nevah she you again! Am tho glad yuh okay!” He cried with relief. Mabel felt her mouth curl up into a wide smile. For some reason she thought it was really sweet of him to look for her and make sure she was safe, despite the mess. After several minutes of letting him cry, Mabel carefully led him back upstairs and helped him change into a dry and clean pair of pajamas. She tucked him in again and waited until he was asleep to go back downstairs and clean up the mess of water pooling in the laundry room and loading the wet clothes into the dryer. She was surprised by how exhausted she was as she changed into a dry pair of sweatpants and a sweatshirt, since she was wearing her pajamas when Dipper gave her that sopping wet hug. She went back into Dipper’s room to be sure he was asleep. She knelt down by the side of his bed, kissed him on the forehead and he hummed in response. She stood up to walk out and sleep when she felt Dipper tug on her hand. She looked down to see him shaking his head with his eyes still shut. “Pleath done go, Maubel.” He moaned. Mabel giggled in response. He was so sweet like this. He was always so protective of her, wanting to make sure no harm came to her, and here he just wanted to be close to her and make sure she was okay. “It’s alright, Dip. I’m not going anywhere.” She assured as she slipped under the comforter, facing him and wiggled under his arms, which he wrapped protectively around her. She giggled as he planted a puffy-cheek kiss on her cheek and pulled her closer. “I lub you, Maubel.” Dipper said tiredly before drifting off into sleep. “I love you too, you big dork.” Replied Mabel as she wrapped her arms around his larger frame and snuggled her head into the crook of his neck, feeling his chin on her forehead. She knew soon they’d have to wake up, change his gauze and give him the antibiotics, but for now she could just enjoy cuddling time. Fandom: Gravity Falls Language:English Stats:Published:2019-01-15

DOCTORs APPOINTMENTs Before a procedure, get to meet the physician and acknowledge their authority before you mention your sensitivities. Find a way to make a compromise. Even request more time for an appointment if you want to have topical numbing agents wait to work, to discuss alternatives, etc. Before a procedure, look up the physician and/or the clinic website. Find pictures of the inner building and search for FAQ, policies, procedures, reviews, etc. Before a procedure, bring a fully charged phone and any sensory necessities such as plastic cups for water, ice pack, self testing kits, written notes and copies, etc. TIPS For CHECKs Feel the instruments and get comfortable with them. Ex: at the dentist, you’re weary of the suction straw. If no plastic cups for rinsing, ask them for some or, have them turn the suction on a low setting and feel it with your finger before they use it in your mouth. Perhaps they can put something on if you don’t like the sucking noise. See how you feel with the specific doctor. Ex: Dr. A seems hurried and strict, but Dr. B seems more empathetic. Or perhaps ask if a nurse can be in the room with you to. Try having the doctor teach you how much you can do. Ex: for a strep throat test, ask if you can swab your own throat, even have them hold your hand whilst you do it in a mirror. Or tell them the way your throat’s structure may find it easier to tilt, etc. (my search NeuroFabulous)

"You're going to be okay," Karen assured Plankton. He clutched her hand. "I'm right here." The receptionist's voice echoed through the large waiting room. "Plankton?" Karen's heart jumped. She squeezed her husband's hand. They walked down the hallway, Plankton's breaths shallow, eye darting around the white, sterile walls. The nurse led them to a small room. "Just a few questions," the nurse smiled, her voice soothing as she helped him in the recliner. The nurse, noticing his agitation, spoke slowly and clearly. "We're just going to take your blood pressure, okay?" The nurse wrapped the cuff around his bicep, her movements gentle. The hiss of the air pump filled the tense silence. "Look at me, Plankton," Karen whispered, her calming gaze meeting his. "Take deep breaths." He inhaled deeply, his chest rising and falling in a deliberate rhythm. The nurse waited patiently, giving them space. As the cuff tightened, Plankton's eye squeezed shut. The nurse completed her task quickly, her voice steady. "Good job," she said, patting his hand. Karen felt his fear spike, but his grip on her hand remained firm as the oral surgeon walked in. Dr. Marquez nodded at them, his demeanor calm and professional. "Hello, Plankton. I see we're getting ready for your wisdom teeth." He noticed Plankton's tension and turned to Karen. "You earlier mentioned his neurodisability. Is there anything special we can do to help make him comfortable?" Karen's screen lit up with gratitude. "Yes, thank you." She explained his need for calm and his sensory sensitivities. Dr. Marquez nodded thoughtfully. "We can use a weighted blanket to help with that. It provides a gentle pressure that can be quite comforting for some of my patients." He turned to the nurse. "Could you please bring one?" The nurse nodded and left the room. When she returned, she carried a soft, blue weighted blanket they warmed. They placed the blanket over Plankton, the weight evenly distributed. His body visibly relaxed under its soothing embrace. "It's okay," Karen whispered, stroking his antennae. "This will help." Plankton felt the warmth of the blanket, the weight of it pressing down on his shoulders and chest. But it did little to ease his dread. "Thank you, Dr. Marquez," Karen managed a smile, relief washing over her. She knew how important these accommodations were for her husband. The doctor explained the procedure, using simple terms that Plankton could understand. Karen noted how he tailored his explanation to avoid overwhelming details that might trigger anxiety. The anesthesiologist entered, her smile kind. "We're going to give you some medicine to help you sleep," she said gently, "and then you'll wake up without feeling a thing." Plankton nodded, his eye wide. Karen leaned in, her voice low. "You can hold my hand as you fall asleep." The anesthesiologist prepared the IV, but Plankton's grip on Karen's hand grew tighter. Dr. Marquez noticed his distress and suggested a different approach. "How about some laughing gas first?" he offered. "And perhaps a topical numbing agent.." The nurse quickly set up the gas mask, explaining each step. "This will help you relax," she said, placing it over him. "Just breathe normally." The sweet smell of the nitrous oxide filled him, yet he still remained awake. "It's okay, Plankton," Karen said soothingly. "Just keep breathing." He took a tentative breath, feeling the gas fill his lungs. The room began to spin, but not in the scary way he'd feared. It was more like floating. The weight of the blanket now felt like a gentle hug from the ocean depths, a warm embrace from his childhood home. Dr. Marquez waited until Plankton's breathing steadied, each gesture carefully calculated to avoid any sudden movements that might startle his patient. "You're doing great," he assured Plankton, his voice a gentle wave lapping at the shore of his anxiety. "You're almost there." Plankton inhaled another lungful of gas, his eye fluttering closed. The nurse gently began applying the topical numbing agent, her movements carefully choreographed to avoid any sudden jolts. Karen held his other hand, her thumb tracing comforting circles on his palm. "You're safe," she whispered. "I'm here." The gas grew heavier, his mind drifted further from the cold reality of the room. He felt himself sinking into the chair, the weighted blanket now a warm sea of comfort. His grip on Karen's hand grew looser, his breaths deepening. The doctor nodded to the anesthesiologist, who began the IV drip after using the topical numbing agent. Plankton's fear didn't vanish, but it became manageable, a distant thunderstorm rather than a hurricane in his face. His eye closed completely, his body going limp under the blanket. Karen watched as the surgical team moved with precision, their masks and caps dancing in her peripheral vision. The beeping of machines and the murmur of medical jargon filled her ears, but all she focused on was the rhythm of Plankton's breathing. The anesthesiologist checked the monitors and gave a nod. "He's ready," she said quietly. Dr. Marquez took his position, his gloved hands poised over Plankton's now open mouth after removing the gas mask. Karen's gaze was steady, her love and support unwavering as the surgical team moved in unison. The whirring of the instruments began, a soft mechanical lullaby to the background of Plankton's deep, even breaths. The surgery itself was a dance of precision, each gesture a step carefully choreographed to minimize discomfort. The doctor's hands were steady as he removed the wisdom teeth. Karen could see the tense lines in Plankton's face soften under the influence of the anesthesia. The anesthesiologist checked the monitors continuously, ensuring his vital signs remained steady. The nurse offered Karen a chair, but she chose to stand, her eyes never leaving Plankton's face. As the surgery progressed, Karen felt the tension in the room ease. The surgical team worked with efficiency, their movements synchronized like a well-oiled machine. Dr. Marquez spoke in hushed tones with his assistants, each word a gentle whisper in the symphony of medical sounds. Plankton's breaths steadied, the rhythmic beep of the heart monitor a soothing reminder that he was still with her, that his anxiety had been replaced by the peacefulness of deep sedation. The doctor's instruments continued to dance, a silent ballet of precision and care. The nurse occasionally glanced at Karen, offering a reassuring smile as they suture his gums with dissolving stitches. "Alright, we're all done," Dr. Marquez announced, his voice a gentle interruption to the symphony of beeps and whirs. "Let's wake him up slowly." Karen felt her own heart rate spike as the anesthesiologist began reversing the medication. They removed the IV drip and the nurse wiped Plankton's mouth with a soft cloth, her touch as gentle as a sea anemone caressing his skin. His eye flickered open, unfocused and hazy. He blinked slowly, taking in the surroundings. Karen's screen was the first thing he saw, a beacon in the medical fog. "You're okay," she murmured, her voice the gentle hum of a distant lighthouse guiding his consciousness back to shore. Plankton blinked again, his vision swimming into focus. The weighted blanket was still wrapped around him, the comforting pressure now a grounding reminder of her presence. His mouth felt foreign, as if it belonged to someone else. The nurse offered him water, and he sipped it slowly, feeling the coolness soothe his throat. "How do you feel?" Dr. Marquez asked, his voice a soft wave breaking over the shore of Plankton's awareness. Plankton nodded, his grip on Karen's hand firm. "Good," he managed to murmur, his voice thick with the aftermath of the anesthesia. Karen could see the relief in his eye, the storm of fear now a distant memory. ( emojicombos.com/neurofabulous )

⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⢀⣀⣀⣀⣀⣀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⢀⣠⠴⠚⠋⠉⠉⠉⠉⠉⠉⠙⠓⠶⣤⡀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⢀⡴⠋⠁⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠈⠙⢶⣄⠀⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⣰⠏⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠹⣆⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⢰⠇⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠸⣆⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⣿⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⣿⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⣿⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⢸⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⣿⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⣿⠀⠀ ⢀⡴⠾⠇⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠰⠷⢦⡀ ⣾⠁⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⣷ ⠹⣦⣀⣀⣠⣦⣀⠀⣀⣴⣄⡀⢀⣠⣤⣀⢀⣠⣦⣀⠀⣀⣴⣄⣀⢀⣰⠏ ⠀⠈⠉⠉⣧⠙⢯⡉⢉⡴⠋⠙⢯⣄⢀⡽⠋⠉⠳⣍⠉⣩⠟⣽⠉⠉⠁⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠘⣇⢀⡽⢯⡀⠀⠀⢀⡽⢿⣄⠀⠀⠀⣨⠿⣅⣰⠇⠀⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⢹⡏⠀⠀⠙⢦⣴⠏⠁⠀⠙⢷⣤⠞⠁⠀⢨⡟⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⢻⡄⠀⣠⠞⠙⢦⡀⠀⣠⠞⠙⢧⡀⠀⡾⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⢷⣞⠁⠀⠀⠀⣹⢾⡁⠀⠀⠀⢙⣾⠁⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠈⣯⠳⣄⣠⠞⠁⠀⠙⢦⣀⡔⣹⠇⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠸⣦⠞⠳⣄⠀⠀⢀⡼⠛⢦⡟⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⢹⡄⠀⠈⢳⣶⠋⠀⢀⡾⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⢻⣄⡴⠋⠈⠳⣄⣼⠁⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠈⢿⡄⠀⠀⢀⣼⠇⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠈⣿⢧⣴⢻⡏⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠸⣏⢙⡟⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠙⠛⠁⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀

🍦, >ᴗ<

2017/05 How to Make Goth Ice Cream at Home May 12, 2017 — This “goth” ice cream is not made with food coloring. Instead, it gets its deep, dark color from activated charcoal, making it very unique indeed. How to Make Goth Ice Cream at Home Posted on May 12, 2017 Vanilla Mint Activated Charcoal Ice Cream 2 cups heavy cream 1 cup milk 2/3 cup sugar 1/4 cup activated charcoal 1 1/2 tsp vanilla extract 1 1/2 tsp peppermint extract In a small saucepan, combine heavy cream, milk and sugar. Bring to a simmer, stirring to dissolve the sugar. When sugar has dissolved, remove from heat and whisk in activated charcoal, vanilla extract and peppermint extract. Transfer to a bowl or large measuring cup, cover with plastic wrap and refrigerate until cold. When mixture is cold, pour into your ice cream maker and freeze as directed. Freeze churned ice cream for at least an hour before scooping to firm it up. Makes about 1 quart.

⛸️

⋅⋆⋅☆⋅⋆⋅ᰔᩚ🍦ᰔᩚ⋅⋆⋅☆⋅⋆⋅🍦⋅⋆⋅☆⋅⋆⋅ᰔᩚ🍦ᰔᩚ⋅⋆⋅☆⋅⋆⋅🍦⋅⋆⋅☆⋅⋆⋅

ʚ🍦

🍬🍙🍐*ੈ♡⸝⸝🪐༘⋆ 🍥🌸💮 (๑ᵔ⤙ᵔ๑) 🍜

suicidaldoll on tt pls follow me™️

🍦⚓🦢

⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⣰⡶⡿⠻⣿⣷⣤⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⢀⡿⠻⡇⠀⠀⣿⣯⣉⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⢀⡾⠁⢀⣿⡆⠀⠈⠳⣍⠻⠶⣤⡀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⢸⡇⠀⠀⢹⣹⣦⣀⣀⣈⠓⠦⡈⠻⣷⡀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠸⣧⠀⠀⠈⠻⠛⠉⢹⠩⣧⠀⢻⠀⠘⣷⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⣠⣿⡇⠀⠀⠀⠀⢀⡿⣠⠏⠀⢸⡗⠀⣿⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⢸⣿⡜⠁⠀⠀⠀⣠⣿⡴⠋⠀⠀⣼⠀⢀⡿⣦⡀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⢰⡟⠁⠀⠀⠀⢀⣾⠿⠋⠀⠀⠀⣰⠃⠀⡾⠁⣎⣿⡄⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⠈⢿⠀⠀⣀⡼⠏⠀⠀⠀⠀⢀⡼⠁⢠⠞⠀⣸⠉⢽⣇⡀⠀⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⢠⡾⠗⠋⠉⠀⠀⠀⠀⢀⡴⠋⢀⡴⠋⠀⡀⠀⠀⢸⡋⠻⣦⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⢸⡃⠀⠀⠀⠀⢀⡠⠞⠉⣠⡶⠋⠀⠀⢰⠃⠀⠀⢸⡇⠀⠸⣇⠀⠀ ⠀⠸⣷⠀⠀⠤⠚⠋⠀⠐⠋⠁⠀⠀⠀⣰⠋⠀⠀⠀⣼⠁⢰⣸⣿⣦⠀ ⢀⣾⠟⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⢀⡔⠁⠀⠀⠀⣰⠇⠀⠈⢸⠁⠸⣇ ⠈⢿⣄⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⣀⣠⠖⠁⠀⠀⠀⠀⣰⠋⢀⡴⠾⢸⠀⠀⣿ ⢀⣴⠿⠶⠒⠒⠒⠒⠒⠉⠉⠀⠀⠀⠀⣀⡴⣚⡷⠊⠉⠀⢰⡇⣀⣴⡟ ⠾⣧⡀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⣀⡀⠠⠤⠴⠒⢉⣡⠖⠉⠀⠀⢀⡴⠿⢞⣿⢿⡇ ⠀⢸⣇⠀⠀⠈⠁⠀⠀⠀⠀⢀⣠⠖⠋⢁⣀⡴⠖⢛⣿⣾⠟⣋⣑⢻⡇ ⠀⠈⠻⣷⣖⡤⠤⠤⠤⠴⠛⠯⠖⢛⣛⣩⣤⠴⠚⠋⠁⠀⢠⣾⣿⣽⡇ ⠀⠀⠀⠈⢻⡌⠉⠙⠛⠛⠒⠉⠉⠉⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⢘⢫⣿⣿⣿⠃ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠘⣧⡀⠘⣦⡀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⢐⣆⣠⣽⡿⠃⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠘⢷⣄⣈⣛⣂⠀⠀⠀⠀⣀⣀⣀⣤⠴⢾⣋⡽⢿⡇⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠉⠿⣿⣩⣉⣉⣉⣉⣭⣽⡷⠶⠛⠉⠁⠀⢸⡇⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠈⣿⠀⠀⡀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⢸⡇⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠸⣧⠀⠻⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⣸⡇⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⢻⣆⠀⣦⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠼⣇⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⢿⡆⠘⣆⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⣿⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠈⣿⡀⠘⣆⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠠⣿⡀⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠘⣷⠀⠹⣄⠀⠀⢸⢇⣸⣣⣿⠃⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠙⣧⣀⣙⣧⣤⣴⣷⠾⠟⠁⠀⠀

🎱🍦🎶💬☁️🎬📷

/)/) (\(\ { . .} “eatz" {. . } /づ🍨 🍡⊂\

⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬛⬛⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜ ⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬛🟫🟫⬛⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜ ⬜⬜⬜⬜⬛⬛🟫🟫⬛⬛⬜⬜⬜⬜ ⬜⬜⬜⬛🟫🟫🟫🟫🟫🟫⬛⬜⬜⬜ ⬜⬜⬛⬛⬛🟫🟫🟫🟫⬛⬛⬛⬜⬜ ⬜⬛🟫🟫🟫⬛⬛⬛⬛🟫🟫🟫⬛⬜ ⬜⬛🟫🟫🟫🟫🟫🟫🟫🟫🟫🟫⬛⬜ ⬜⬛⬛⬛🟫🟫🟫🟫🟫🟫⬛⬛⬛⬜ ⬛🟫🟫🟫⬛⬛⬛⬛⬛⬛🟫🟫🟫⬛ ⬛🟫🟫🟫🟫🟫🟫🟫🟫🟫🟫🟫🟫⬛ ⬛⬛⬛🟫🟫🟫🟫🟫🟫🟫🟫⬛⬛⬛ ⬜⬛🟧⬛⬛⬛⬛⬛⬛⬛⬛🟧⬛⬜ ⬜⬛🟧🟧🟧🟧🟧🟧🟧🟧🟧🟧⬛⬜ ⬜⬜⬛🟧🟧🟧🟧🟧🟧🟧🟧⬛⬜⬜ ⬜⬜⬜⬛⬛🟧🟧🟧🟧⬛⬛⬜⬜⬜ ⬜⬜⬜⬛🟧🟧🟧🟧🟧🟧⬛⬜⬜⬜ ⬜⬜⬜⬛🟧🟧🟧🟧🟧🟧⬛⬜⬜⬜ ⬜⬜⬜⬜⬛⬛⬛⬛⬛⬛⬜⬜⬜⬜

୧ ‧₊˚ 🍮 ⋅ ☆🍨₊ ⊹

𐙚˙☆˖°🍧 ༘ ⋆｡ ๋࣭ ⭑

Recipe For Licorice Toffee Ice Cream If you like licorice toffee, you'll love making this ice cream Ingredients: 4 egg yolks 1/2 pint (250ml) milk 1/2 pint (250ml) double/heavy cream 4 oz (100g) sugar or caster sugar 6 oz (150g) licorice toffee sweets 1 teaspoon vanilla extract (this is optional) Method: Place the licorice toffee sweets into a saucepan and stir in the milk. Bring the pan slowly up to boiling point, stirring all the time and be sure that the toffees completely melt. This can take 5 to 10 minutes. Place to one side. In a separate bowl, beat and mix together the egg yolks and sugar until thick. Pour the hot milk and toffees mixture into the combined egg yolks and sugar, stirring whilst doing so. Then pour this back into the pan and heat gently; keep stirring until the custard thickens - DO NOT BRING TO THE BOIL OR IT WILL PROBABLY CURDLE. When you can see a film form over the back of your spoon it's time to remove the saucepan from the heat. Leave to cool. When the custard base is cold stir in the cream (and the vanilla extract if you want to use it). Transfer the whole mixture into an ice cream maker and freeze according to the manufacturer's instructions. Serves 6-8 Gothic Ice Cream This ice cream recipe makes a beautiful, smooth, grey ice cream that looks wonderfully Gothic You could make it even more 'gothic' and serve with thin pieces of sliced licorice on top! Author: Shelagh Caudle

🍦(⚈₋₍⚈)

꙳•˚܀♡*🍦*♡܀˚•꙳

౨ৎ⋆ ˚｡⋆

"૮₍ ˶•⤙•˶ ₎ა🍦

/) /) ( •. • ) (づ💵 One Ice cream please Here you go 🍨 Thanks /) /) ( •. • ) (づ🍨 Thank You Can I have one Sorry we're sold out ૮・ᵔ・ა /) /) ( •. • ) (づ🍨 We can share ˶ᵔ 3 ᵔ˶ /) /) ( •. • ) (づづ You're welcome

.🍓•. 𐙚 ( ∩´͈ ᐜ `͈∩)

⠀⠀⢀⣴⠒⣶⠄⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⠀⡎⠸⣄⠙⠅⠢⣄⠀⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⢀⣧⠀⠉⡹⡅⢰⢸⠀⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⡜⠁⢀⠴⠋⢀⠆⠜⣳⠀⠀⠀ ⠀⡕⠂⠁⢀⠀⡠⠊⠀⢈⠓⡄⠀ ⠀⡇⠀⠂⠁⠈⠀⠐⠀⠸⠀⡞⡄ ⠈⡦⠠⠤⠤⠐⠀⢀⣤⠥⢒⢃⡸ ⠘⡆⠀⠀⠀⢀⠨⢂⠡⢤⠮⣛⡇ ⠀⠈⢛⠓⠉⠉⠓⠂⠉⠀⠰⣿⠇ ⠀⠀⠈⠢⣑⣀⡀⠀⣤⡴⠾⡇⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠈⡏⠉⠉⠀⠀⠀⡇⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠘⡄⡄⠀⠀⠀⢣⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠱⡘⡄⠠⢠⣸⠀ ⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠑⠚⠚⠉⠀⠀

IM BACK LUVSS!! I took ages on this 1 sooo pls support me! <3333 ∧,,,∧~ ┏━━━━━━━━━━┓ ( ̳• · •) ̳ ~ ♡welcome to the desc! ♡ / づ ~┗━━━━━━━━━━┛ ⊹ 🌸 ๋ ˖ ⪩ ៶៸ ๋࣭🍥 ,, ˖ ʚ💮ɞ ࣪˖ ⸝⸝ ৎ୭ ⊹⠀ ๋⠀𝅄 𓂃 ๑ ࣪ ˖ ✧ ๋ 𝅄 𓂃 ⊹ ♡♡ ̲ ̲ 𝅄 ๋🧼 ˖ 𝐄𐓣𝗍𝖾𝗋𝗂𐓣𝗀 【 your name 】’ s desc ｡ ｡ ｡ ᶻz 𝅄🍧ɞ ࣪˖ 𝅄૪ ៶៸ ๋🌷𝅄 𝐒υ𝖼𝖼𝖾𝗌𝗌𝖿υᥣᥣ𝗒 𝖾𐓣𝗍𝖾𝗋𝖾ᑯ ! ,, ๋🍥𝅄 ᐢ..ᐢ ୨୧ 𝅄💮 ๋ ᶻz ៶៸【 your name 】 ๋ 𝅄๑ ᐢ🧼𝅄 ੭ 𔘓 ៶៸ ๋🌸𝅄【 content you make 】𝅄ഒ ๋ ,, ๋ 🏩𝅄 ๋␥𝅄 🍧៶៸ ⊹ 𝅄 𝐒๑𝖼𝗂αᥣs ๋ 🧼 ױ 𝅄♡゙ ๋ 𖣯 ,, 🌸𝅄 ︵【 𝅄 𝐒๑𝖼𝗂αᥣ 】︰Link ꒱ 𝅄ഒ ๋ 𖣯 ,, 💞𝅄 ︵【 𝅄 𝐒๑𝖼𝗂αᥣ ๋ 】︰Link ꒱ 𝅄ഒ ๋ 𖣯 ,, 💮𝅄 ︵【 𝅄 𝐒๑𝖼𝗂αᥣ 】︰Link ꒱ 𝅄ഒ ๋ 𖣯 ,, 🍧𝅄 ︵【 𝅄 𝐒๑𝖼𝗂αᥣ ๋ 】︰Link ꒱ 𝅄ഒ ๋ 𖣯 ,, 🍥𝅄 ︵【 𝅄 𝐒๑𝖼𝗂αᥣ ๋ 】︰Link ꒱ 𝅄ഒ ๋ ⊹ ⁺ 　﹒　 ⁺ ﹒　　⁺ 　﹒ ⊹ 　 ﹒ 　⁺ 　﹒ ⊹ ๋␥𝅄 🍧៶៸ ⊹ 𝅄 Info ๋ 🧼 ױ 𝅄♡゙ ๋ 𖣯 ,, 🌸𝅄 ︵【 𝅄 Info 】︰Info ꒱ 𝅄ഒ ๋ 𖣯 ,, 💞𝅄 ︵【 𝅄 Info ๋ 】︰Info ꒱ 𝅄ഒ ๋ 𖣯 ,, 💮𝅄 ︵【 𝅄 Info 】︰Info ꒱ 𝅄ഒ ๋ 𖣯 ,, 🍧𝅄 ︵【 𝅄 Info ๋ 】︰Info ꒱ 𝅄ഒ ๋ 𖣯 ,, 🍥𝅄 ︵【 𝅄 Info ๋ 】︰Info ꒱ 𝅄ഒ ๋ ⊹ ⁺ 　﹒　 ⁺ ﹒　　⁺ 　﹒ ⊹ 　 ﹒ 　⁺ 　﹒ ⊹ ⊹⠀ ๋⠀𝅄 𓂃 ๑ ࣪ Thanks for reading! ˖ ✧ ๋ 𝅄 𓂃 ⊹ ⁺ ⊹ 　﹒　 ⊹ ﹒　　⊹ 　﹒ ⁺ 　 ﹒ 　⊹ 　﹒ ⁺

⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬛⬛⬛⬛⬛⬛⬛⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜ ⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬛⬛🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦⬛⬛⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜ ⬜⬜⬜⬜⬛🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦⬛⬜⬜⬜⬜ ⬜⬜⬜⬛🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦⬛⬜⬜⬜ ⬜⬜⬛🟦🟦⬛⬛🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦⬛⬛🟦🟦⬛⬜⬜ ⬜⬜⬛🟦⬛⬛⬜⬛🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦⬛⬛⬜⬛🟦⬛⬜⬜ ⬜⬛🟦🟦⬛⬛⬛⬛🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦⬛⬛⬛⬛🟦🟦⬛⬜ ⬜⬛🟦🟦🟦⬛⬛🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦⬛⬛🟦🟦🟦⬛⬜ ⬜⬛🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦⬛🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦⬛🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦⬛⬜ ⬜⬛🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦⬛⬛⬛⬛⬛🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦⬛⬜ ⬛🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦⬛ ⬛🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦⬛🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦⬛🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦🟦⬛ ⬜⬛🟦🟦🟦🟦⬛🟫⬛🟦🟦🟦⬛🟫⬛🟦🟦🟦🟦⬛⬜ ⬜⬜⬛⬛⬛⬛🟫🏽🟫⬛⬛⬛🟫🏽🟫⬛⬛⬛⬛⬜⬜ ⬜⬜⬜⬜⬛🟫🏽🟫🏽🟫🏽🟫🏽🟫🏽🟫⬛⬜⬜⬜⬜ ⬜⬜⬜⬜⬛🏽🟫🏽🟫🏽🟫🏽🟫🏽🟫🏽⬛⬜⬜⬜⬜ ⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬛🏽🟫🏽🟫🏽🟫🏽🟫🏽⬛⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜ ⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬛🟫🏽🟫🏽🟫🏽🟫🏽🟫⬛⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜ ⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬛🟫🏽🟫🏽🟫🏽🟫⬛⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜ ⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬛🏽🟫🏽🟫🏽🟫🏽⬛⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜ ⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬛🏽🟫🏽🟫🏽⬛⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜ ⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬛🟫🏽🟫🏽🟫⬛⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜ ⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬛🟫🏽🟫⬛⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜ ⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬛🏽🟫🏽⬛⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜ ⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬛🏽⬛⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜ ⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬛🟫⬛⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜ ⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬛⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜⬜

/( (\\) // (~\\) // (\\~\\) // (~\\~\\)// (\\~\\~\\) \||-||-||-||/ |-|-||-|-|-| \||---||/ ||||||| /_||_\

🍦 🍧 🍨 🍩 🍪 🎂 🍰 🧁

🍵⋆｡°🍡°⋆. ࿔*:･ 🎀🎀 ˚˖𓍢ִ໋🌷͙֒✧˚.🎀༘⋆

🍧🫧.•*°•🩵🩷🤍

(*ᴗ͈ˬᴗ͈)ꕤ*.ﾟ